1 c609719bSwdenk# 2 b75190deSWolfgang Denk# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012 3 c609719bSwdenk# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 4 c609719bSwdenk# 5 c609719bSwdenk# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this 6 c609719bSwdenk# project. 7 c609719bSwdenk# 8 c609719bSwdenk# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or 9 c609719bSwdenk# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as 10 c609719bSwdenk# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of 11 c609719bSwdenk# the License, or (at your option) any later version. 12 c609719bSwdenk# 13 c609719bSwdenk# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 14 c609719bSwdenk# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 15 c609719bSwdenk# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 16 c609719bSwdenk# GNU General Public License for more details. 17 c609719bSwdenk# 18 c609719bSwdenk# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 19 c609719bSwdenk# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 20 c609719bSwdenk# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, 21 c609719bSwdenk# MA 02111-1307 USA 22 c609719bSwdenk# 23 c609719bSwdenk 24 c609719bSwdenkSummary: 25 c609719bSwdenk======== 26 c609719bSwdenk 27 24ee89b9SwdenkThis directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for 28 e86e5a07SwdenkEmbedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other 29 e86e5a07Swdenkprocessors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to 30 e86e5a07Swdenkinitialize and test the hardware or to download and run application 31 e86e5a07Swdenkcode. 32 c609719bSwdenk 33 c609719bSwdenkThe development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of 34 24ee89b9Swdenkthe source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some 35 24ee89b9Swdenkheader files in common, and special provision has been made to 36 c609719bSwdenksupport booting of Linux images. 37 c609719bSwdenk 38 c609719bSwdenkSome attention has been paid to make this software easily 39 c609719bSwdenkconfigurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are 40 c609719bSwdenkimplemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to 41 c609719bSwdenkadd new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used 42 c609719bSwdenkcode (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can 43 c609719bSwdenkload and run it dynamically. 44 c609719bSwdenk 45 c609719bSwdenk 46 c609719bSwdenkStatus: 47 c609719bSwdenk======= 48 c609719bSwdenk 49 c609719bSwdenkIn general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the 50 c609719bSwdenkMakefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered 51 c609719bSwdenk"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. 52 c609719bSwdenk 53 c609719bSwdenkIn case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out 54 218ca724SWolfgang Denkwho contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board 55 218ca724SWolfgang Denkmaintainers. 56 c609719bSwdenk 57 adb9d851SRobert P. J. DayNote: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; 58 adb9d851SRobert P. J. Dayit can be created dynamically from the Git log using: 59 adb9d851SRobert P. J. Day 60 adb9d851SRobert P. J. Day make CHANGELOG 61 adb9d851SRobert P. J. Day 62 c609719bSwdenk 63 c609719bSwdenkWhere to get help: 64 c609719bSwdenk================== 65 c609719bSwdenk 66 c609719bSwdenkIn case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for 67 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at 68 0c32565fSPeter Tyser<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic 69 0c32565fSPeter Tyseron the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. 70 0c32565fSPeter TyserPlease see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and 71 0c32565fSPeter Tyserhttp://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot 72 c609719bSwdenk 73 c609719bSwdenk 74 218ca724SWolfgang DenkWhere to get source code: 75 218ca724SWolfgang Denk========================= 76 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 77 218ca724SWolfgang DenkThe U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at 78 218ca724SWolfgang Denkgit://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at 79 218ca724SWolfgang Denkhttp://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary 80 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 81 218ca724SWolfgang DenkThe "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of 82 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswilerany version you might be interested in. Official releases are also 83 218ca724SWolfgang Denkavailable for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ 84 218ca724SWolfgang Denkdirectory. 85 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 86 d4ee711dSAnatolij GustschinPre-built (and tested) images are available from 87 218ca724SWolfgang Denkftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ 88 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 89 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 90 c609719bSwdenkWhere we come from: 91 c609719bSwdenk=================== 92 c609719bSwdenk 93 c609719bSwdenk- start from 8xxrom sources 94 24ee89b9Swdenk- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) 95 c609719bSwdenk- clean up code 96 c609719bSwdenk- make it easier to add custom boards 97 c609719bSwdenk- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs 98 c609719bSwdenk- extend functions, especially: 99 c609719bSwdenk * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader 100 c609719bSwdenk * S-Record download 101 c609719bSwdenk * network boot 102 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot 103 24ee89b9Swdenk- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) 104 c609719bSwdenk- add other CPU families (starting with ARM) 105 24ee89b9Swdenk- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) 106 0d28f34bSMagnus Lilja- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot 107 24ee89b9Swdenk 108 24ee89b9Swdenk 109 24ee89b9SwdenkNames and Spelling: 110 24ee89b9Swdenk=================== 111 24ee89b9Swdenk 112 24ee89b9SwdenkThe "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling 113 24ee89b9Swdenk"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments 114 24ee89b9Swdenkin source files etc.). Example: 115 24ee89b9Swdenk 116 24ee89b9Swdenk This is the README file for the U-Boot project. 117 24ee89b9Swdenk 118 24ee89b9SwdenkFile names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: 119 24ee89b9Swdenk 120 24ee89b9Swdenk include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h 121 24ee89b9Swdenk 122 24ee89b9Swdenk #include <asm/u-boot.h> 123 24ee89b9Swdenk 124 24ee89b9SwdenkVariable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on 125 24ee89b9Swdenkthe string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: 126 24ee89b9Swdenk 127 24ee89b9Swdenk U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo 128 24ee89b9Swdenk IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start 129 c609719bSwdenk 130 c609719bSwdenk 131 93f19cc0SwdenkVersioning: 132 93f19cc0Swdenk=========== 133 93f19cc0Swdenk 134 360d883aSThomas WeberStarting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases 135 360d883aSThomas Weberwere changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning 136 360d883aSThomas Weberinto a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by 137 360d883aSThomas Webernames consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. 138 360d883aSThomas WeberAdditional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix 139 360d883aSThomas Weberreleases in "stable" maintenance trees. 140 93f19cc0Swdenk 141 360d883aSThomas WeberExamples: 142 360d883aSThomas Weber U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 143 360d883aSThomas Weber U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree 144 360d883aSThomas Weber U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release 145 93f19cc0Swdenk 146 93f19cc0Swdenk 147 c609719bSwdenkDirectory Hierarchy: 148 c609719bSwdenk==================== 149 c609719bSwdenk 150 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/arch Architecture specific files 151 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /arm Files generic to ARM architecture 152 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 153 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs 154 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs 155 6eb0921aSAndreas Bießmann /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU 156 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs 157 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs 158 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs 159 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs 160 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs 161 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs 162 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs 163 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs 164 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs 165 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 166 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture 167 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 168 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 169 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture 170 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 171 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 172 fea25720SGraeme Russ /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture 173 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 174 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 175 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture 176 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 177 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs 178 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs 179 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs 180 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs 181 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs 182 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 183 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture 184 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 185 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 186 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture 187 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 188 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs 189 80421fccSXiangfu Liu /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs 190 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 191 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture 192 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin /cpu CPU specific files 193 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs 194 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin /lib Architecture specific library files 195 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture 196 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 197 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 198 a47a12beSStefan Roese /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture 199 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 200 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs 201 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs 202 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs 203 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs 204 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs 205 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs 206 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs 207 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs 208 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 209 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /sh Files generic to SH architecture 210 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 211 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs 212 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs 213 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs 214 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 215 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture 216 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /cpu CPU specific files 217 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU 218 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU 219 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lib Architecture specific library files 220 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps 221 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/board Board dependent files 222 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/common Misc architecture independent functions 223 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/disk Code for disk drive partition handling 224 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/doc Documentation (don't expect too much) 225 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/drivers Commonly used device drivers 226 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. 227 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) 228 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/include Header Files 229 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/lib Files generic to all architectures 230 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees 231 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression 232 8d321b81SPeter Tyser /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression 233 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/net Networking code 234 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/post Power On Self Test 235 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/rtc Real Time Clock drivers 236 8d321b81SPeter Tyser/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. 237 c609719bSwdenk 238 c609719bSwdenkSoftware Configuration: 239 c609719bSwdenk======================= 240 c609719bSwdenk 241 c609719bSwdenkConfiguration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the 242 c609719bSwdenkrationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. 243 c609719bSwdenk 244 c609719bSwdenkThere are two classes of configuration variables: 245 c609719bSwdenk 246 c609719bSwdenk* Configuration _OPTIONS_: 247 c609719bSwdenk These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with 248 c609719bSwdenk "CONFIG_". 249 c609719bSwdenk 250 c609719bSwdenk* Configuration _SETTINGS_: 251 c609719bSwdenk These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if 252 c609719bSwdenk you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with 253 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD "CONFIG_SYS_". 254 c609719bSwdenk 255 c609719bSwdenkLater we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even 256 c609719bSwdenkidentical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to 257 c609719bSwdenkdo the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic 258 c609719bSwdenklinks and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards 259 c609719bSwdenkas an example here. 260 c609719bSwdenk 261 c609719bSwdenk 262 c609719bSwdenkSelection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: 263 c609719bSwdenk--------------------------------------------------- 264 c609719bSwdenk 265 c609719bSwdenkFor all supported boards there are ready-to-use default 266 c609719bSwdenkconfigurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". 267 c609719bSwdenk 268 c609719bSwdenkExample: For a TQM823L module type: 269 c609719bSwdenk 270 c609719bSwdenk cd u-boot 271 c609719bSwdenk make TQM823L_config 272 c609719bSwdenk 273 11ccc33fSMarcel ZiswilerFor the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; 274 c609719bSwdenke.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent 275 c609719bSwdenkdirectory according to the instructions in cogent/README. 276 c609719bSwdenk 277 c609719bSwdenk 278 c609719bSwdenkConfiguration Options: 279 c609719bSwdenk---------------------- 280 c609719bSwdenk 281 c609719bSwdenkConfiguration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all 282 c609719bSwdenksuch information is kept in a configuration file 283 c609719bSwdenk"include/configs/<board_name>.h". 284 c609719bSwdenk 285 c609719bSwdenkExample: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in 286 c609719bSwdenk"include/configs/TQM823L.h". 287 c609719bSwdenk 288 c609719bSwdenk 289 7f6c2cbcSwdenkMany of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux 290 7f6c2cbcSwdenkkernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to 291 7f6c2cbcSwdenkbuild a config tool - later. 292 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 293 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 294 c609719bSwdenkThe following options need to be configured: 295 c609719bSwdenk 296 2628114eSKim Phillips- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. 297 c609719bSwdenk 298 2628114eSKim Phillips- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. 299 6ccec449SWolfgang Denk 300 6ccec449SWolfgang Denk- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) 301 09ea0de0SHaavard Skinnemoen Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 302 c609719bSwdenk 303 c609719bSwdenk- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 304 c609719bSwdenk Define exactly one of 305 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD 306 c609719bSwdenk--- FIXME --- not tested yet: 307 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, 308 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 309 c609719bSwdenk 310 c609719bSwdenk- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 311 c609719bSwdenk Define exactly one of 312 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 313 c609719bSwdenk 314 c609719bSwdenk- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 315 c609719bSwdenk Define one or more of 316 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CMA302 317 c609719bSwdenk 318 c609719bSwdenk- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) 319 c609719bSwdenk Define one or more of 320 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on 321 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler the LCD display every second with 322 c609719bSwdenk a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ 323 c609719bSwdenk 324 2535d602Swdenk- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined) 325 2535d602Swdenk CONFIG_ADSTYPE 326 2535d602Swdenk Possible values are: 327 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS 328 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS 329 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR 330 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS 331 2535d602Swdenk 332 cf946c6dSLei Wen- Marvell Family Member 333 cf946c6dSLei Wen CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable 334 cf946c6dSLei Wen multiple fs option at one time 335 cf946c6dSLei Wen for marvell soc family 336 cf946c6dSLei Wen 337 c609719bSwdenk- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) 338 c609719bSwdenk Define exactly one of 339 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 340 c609719bSwdenk 341 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) 342 66ca92a5Swdenk CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if 343 66ca92a5Swdenk get_gclk_freq() cannot work 344 5da627a4Swdenk e.g. if there is no 32KHz 345 5da627a4Swdenk reference PIT/RTC clock 346 66ca92a5Swdenk CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK 347 66ca92a5Swdenk or XTAL/EXTAL) 348 c609719bSwdenk 349 66ca92a5Swdenk- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): 350 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN 351 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX 352 66ca92a5Swdenk CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT 353 75d1ea7fSwdenk See doc/README.MPC866 354 75d1ea7fSwdenk 355 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK 356 75d1ea7fSwdenk 357 75d1ea7fSwdenk Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead 358 75d1ea7fSwdenk of relying on the correctness of the configured 359 75d1ea7fSwdenk values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure 360 75d1ea7fSwdenk the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note 361 75d1ea7fSwdenk that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz 362 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) 363 75d1ea7fSwdenk 364 506f3918SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE 365 506f3918SHeiko Schocher 366 506f3918SHeiko Schocher Define this option if you want to enable the 367 506f3918SHeiko Schocher ICache only when Code runs from RAM. 368 506f3918SHeiko Schocher 369 66412c63SKumar Gala- 85xx CPU Options: 370 ffd06e02SYork Sun CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 371 ffd06e02SYork Sun 372 ffd06e02SYork Sun Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements 373 ffd06e02SYork Sun the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR 374 ffd06e02SYork Sun compliance, among other possible reasons. 375 ffd06e02SYork Sun 376 66412c63SKumar Gala CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV 377 66412c63SKumar Gala 378 66412c63SKumar Gala Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the 379 66412c63SKumar Gala system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ 380 66412c63SKumar Gala devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. 381 66412c63SKumar Gala 382 8f29084aSKumar Gala CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT 383 8f29084aSKumar Gala 384 8f29084aSKumar Gala Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device 385 8f29084aSKumar Gala tree nodes for the given platform. 386 8f29084aSKumar Gala 387 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB 388 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha 389 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work 390 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger 391 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where 392 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this 393 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this 394 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha purpose. 395 afa6b551SPrabhakar Kushwaha 396 33eee330SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 397 33eee330SScott Wood 398 33eee330SScott Wood Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, 399 33eee330SScott Wood then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and 400 33eee330SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. 401 33eee330SScott Wood 402 33eee330SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV 403 33eee330SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) 404 33eee330SScott Wood 405 33eee330SScott Wood Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) 406 33eee330SScott Wood for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. 407 33eee330SScott Wood 408 33eee330SScott Wood The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision 409 33eee330SScott Wood of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus 410 33eee330SScott Wood p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls 411 33eee330SScott Wood whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. 412 33eee330SScott Wood 413 33eee330SScott Wood See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about 414 33eee330SScott Wood this erratum. 415 33eee330SScott Wood 416 74fa22edSPrabhakar Kushwaha CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND 417 74fa22edSPrabhakar Kushwaha Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only 418 74fa22edSPrabhakar Kushwaha requred during NOR boot. 419 74fa22edSPrabhakar Kushwaha 420 33eee330SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY 421 33eee330SScott Wood 422 33eee330SScott Wood This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 423 33eee330SScott Wood according to the A004510 workaround. 424 33eee330SScott Wood 425 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR 426 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain This value denotes start offset of M2 memory 427 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain which is directly connected to the DSP core. 428 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain 429 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT 430 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. 431 765b0bdbSPriyanka Jain 432 6cb461b4SDaniel Schwierzeck- Generic CPU options: 433 6cb461b4SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 434 6cb461b4SDaniel Schwierzeck 435 6cb461b4SDaniel Schwierzeck Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those 436 6cb461b4SDaniel Schwierzeck values is arch specific. 437 6cb461b4SDaniel Schwierzeck 438 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher- Intel Monahans options: 439 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO 440 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher 441 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator 442 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core 443 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. 444 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher 445 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO 446 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher 447 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator 448 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and 449 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied 450 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher by this value. 451 0b953ffcSMarkus Klotzbuecher 452 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck- MIPS CPU options: 453 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET 454 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 455 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack 456 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before 457 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck relocation. 458 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 459 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE 460 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 461 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. 462 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. 463 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck Possible values are: 464 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA 465 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA 466 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_UNCACHED 467 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT 468 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE 469 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW 470 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW 471 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED 472 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 473 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG 474 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 475 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. 476 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. 477 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 478 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES 479 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 480 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq 481 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to 482 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck be swapped if a flash programmer is used. 483 92bbd64eSDaniel Schwierzeck 484 b67d8816SChristian Riesch- ARM options: 485 b67d8816SChristian Riesch CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH 486 b67d8816SChristian Riesch 487 b67d8816SChristian Riesch Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not 488 b67d8816SChristian Riesch clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. 489 b67d8816SChristian Riesch 490 5356f545SAneesh V CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD 491 5356f545SAneesh V 492 5356f545SAneesh V Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction 493 5356f545SAneesh V set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides 494 5356f545SAneesh V better code density. For ARM architectures that support 495 5356f545SAneesh V Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by 496 5356f545SAneesh V GCC. 497 5356f545SAneesh V 498 c5d4752cSStephen Warren CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 499 0678587fSStephen Warren CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 500 0678587fSStephen Warren CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 501 0678587fSStephen Warren CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 502 0678587fSStephen Warren 503 0678587fSStephen Warren If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early 504 0678587fSStephen Warren during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the 505 0678587fSStephen Warren workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection 506 0678587fSStephen Warren exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not 507 0678587fSStephen Warren set these options unless they apply! 508 0678587fSStephen Warren 509 795659dcSStephen Warren- CPU timer options: 510 795659dcSStephen Warren CONFIG_SYS_HZ 511 795659dcSStephen Warren 512 795659dcSStephen Warren The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer(). 513 795659dcSStephen Warren get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG 514 795659dcSStephen Warren option must be set to 1000. 515 795659dcSStephen Warren 516 5da627a4Swdenk- Linux Kernel Interface: 517 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ 518 c609719bSwdenk 519 c609719bSwdenk U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz 520 c609719bSwdenk internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux 521 c609719bSwdenk kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the 522 c609719bSwdenk bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable 523 c609719bSwdenk "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot 524 c609719bSwdenk converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the 525 c609719bSwdenk Linux kernel. 526 c609719bSwdenk When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of 527 c609719bSwdenk "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the 528 c609719bSwdenk default environment. 529 c609719bSwdenk 530 5da627a4Swdenk CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] 531 5da627a4Swdenk 532 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions 533 5da627a4Swdenk expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. 534 5da627a4Swdenk Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. 535 5da627a4Swdenk 536 fec6d9eeSGerald Van Baren CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 537 f57f70aaSWolfgang Denk 538 f57f70aaSWolfgang Denk New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be 539 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware 540 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren concepts). 541 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren 542 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 543 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren * New libfdt-based support 544 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren * Adds the "fdt" command 545 3bb342fcSKim Phillips * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt 546 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren 547 b55ae402SMarcel Ziswiler OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for 548 b55ae402SMarcel Ziswiler MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 549 b55ae402SMarcel Ziswiler OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for 550 b55ae402SMarcel Ziswiler MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 551 f57f70aaSWolfgang Denk OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. 552 c2871f03SKumar Gala OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device 553 f57f70aaSWolfgang Denk 554 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC 555 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler addresses 556 3bb342fcSKim Phillips 557 4e253137SKumar Gala CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP 558 4e253137SKumar Gala 559 4e253137SKumar Gala Board code has addition modification that it wants to make 560 4e253137SKumar Gala to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel 561 6705d81eSwdenk 562 0267768eSMatthew McClintock CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU 563 0267768eSMatthew McClintock 564 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot 565 0267768eSMatthew McClintock param header, the default value is zero if undefined. 566 0267768eSMatthew McClintock 567 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP 568 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher 569 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. 570 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot 571 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, 572 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and 573 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where 574 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. 575 3887c3fbSHeiko Schocher 576 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] 577 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg 578 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one 579 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg machine type and must be used to specify the machine type 580 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg number as it appears in the ARM machine registry 581 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). 582 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg Only boards that have multiple machine types supported 583 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg in a single configuration file and the machine type is 584 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. 585 7eb29398SIgor Grinberg 586 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger- vxWorks boot parameters: 587 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger 588 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following 589 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. 590 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. 591 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger 592 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name 593 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address 594 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server 595 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters 596 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger 597 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS 598 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger 599 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" 600 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger 601 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride 602 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger the defaults discussed just above. 603 0b2f4ecaSNiklaus Giger 604 2c451f78SAneesh V- Cache Configuration: 605 2c451f78SAneesh V CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot 606 2c451f78SAneesh V CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot 607 2c451f78SAneesh V CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot 608 2c451f78SAneesh V 609 93bc2193SAneesh V- Cache Configuration for ARM: 610 93bc2193SAneesh V CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache 611 93bc2193SAneesh V controller 612 93bc2193SAneesh V CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 613 93bc2193SAneesh V controller register space 614 93bc2193SAneesh V 615 6705d81eSwdenk- Serial Ports: 616 48d0192fSAndreas Engel CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL 617 6705d81eSwdenk 618 6705d81eSwdenk Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. 619 6705d81eSwdenk 620 48d0192fSAndreas Engel CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL 621 6705d81eSwdenk 622 6705d81eSwdenk Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. 623 6705d81eSwdenk 624 6705d81eSwdenk CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK 625 6705d81eSwdenk 626 6705d81eSwdenk If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to 627 6705d81eSwdenk the clock speed of the UARTs. 628 6705d81eSwdenk 629 6705d81eSwdenk CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS 630 6705d81eSwdenk 631 6705d81eSwdenk If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, 632 6705d81eSwdenk define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) 633 6705d81eSwdenk port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h 634 6705d81eSwdenk 635 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR 636 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby 637 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) 638 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set 639 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby this variable to initialize the extra register. 640 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby 641 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT 642 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby 643 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage 644 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this 645 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby variable to flush the UART at init time. 646 910f1ae3SJohn Rigby 647 6705d81eSwdenk 648 c609719bSwdenk- Console Interface: 649 c609719bSwdenk Depending on board, define exactly one serial port 650 c609719bSwdenk (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, 651 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial 652 c609719bSwdenk console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE 653 c609719bSwdenk 654 c609719bSwdenk Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial 655 c609719bSwdenk port routines must be defined elsewhere 656 c609719bSwdenk (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) 657 c609719bSwdenk 658 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 659 c609719bSwdenk Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following 660 c53043b7SWolfgang Denk defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) 661 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation 662 c609719bSwdenk (default big endian) 663 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports 664 c609719bSwdenk rectangle fill 665 c609719bSwdenk (cf. smiLynxEM) 666 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports 667 c609719bSwdenk bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) 668 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns 669 c609719bSwdenk (cols=pitch) 670 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows 671 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel 672 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format 673 c609719bSwdenk (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) 674 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address 675 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct 676 c609719bSwdenk (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) 677 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct 678 c609719bSwdenk (i.e. i8042_tstc) 679 c609719bSwdenk VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct 680 c609719bSwdenk (i.e. i8042_getc) 681 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off 682 c609719bSwdenk (requires blink timer 683 c609719bSwdenk cf. i8042.c) 684 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) 685 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in 686 c609719bSwdenk upper right corner 687 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) 688 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in 689 c609719bSwdenk upper left corner 690 a6c7ad2fSwdenk CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of 691 a6c7ad2fSwdenk linux_logo.h for logo. 692 a6c7ad2fSwdenk Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 693 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO 694 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler additional board info beside 695 c609719bSwdenk the logo 696 c609719bSwdenk 697 33a35bbbSPali Rohár When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support 698 33a35bbbSPali Rohár a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, 699 33a35bbbSPali Rohár erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). 700 33a35bbbSPali Rohár 701 c609719bSwdenk When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is 702 c609719bSwdenk default i/o. Serial console can be forced with 703 c609719bSwdenk environment 'console=serial'. 704 c609719bSwdenk 705 a3ad8e26Swdenk When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console 706 a3ad8e26Swdenk messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with 707 a3ad8e26Swdenk the "silent" environment variable. See 708 a3ad8e26Swdenk doc/README.silent for more information. 709 a3ad8e26Swdenk 710 c609719bSwdenk- Console Baudrate: 711 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps 712 c609719bSwdenk Select one of the baudrates listed in 713 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 714 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale 715 c609719bSwdenk 716 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher- Console Rx buffer length 717 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define 718 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. 719 2b3f12c2SHeiko Schocher This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. 720 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE 721 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for 722 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher the SMC. 723 c92fac91SHeiko Schocher 724 9558b48aSGraeme Russ- Pre-Console Buffer: 725 9558b48aSGraeme Russ Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART 726 9558b48aSGraeme Russ initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. 727 9558b48aSGraeme Russ Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to 728 9558b48aSGraeme Russ buffer any console messages prior to the console being 729 9558b48aSGraeme Russ initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 730 9558b48aSGraeme Russ bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is 731 9558b48aSGraeme Russ a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 732 9558b48aSGraeme Russ bytes are output before the console is initialised, the 733 9558b48aSGraeme Russ earlier bytes are discarded. 734 9558b48aSGraeme Russ 735 9558b48aSGraeme Russ 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if 736 9558b48aSGraeme Russ CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 737 9558b48aSGraeme Russ 738 046a37bdSSonny Rao- Safe printf() functions 739 046a37bdSSonny Rao Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of 740 046a37bdSSonny Rao the printf() functions. These are defined in 741 046a37bdSSonny Rao include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and 742 046a37bdSSonny Rao so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. 743 046a37bdSSonny Rao If this option is not given then these functions will 744 046a37bdSSonny Rao silently discard their buffer size argument - this means 745 046a37bdSSonny Rao you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. 746 046a37bdSSonny Rao 747 c609719bSwdenk- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds 748 c609719bSwdenk Delay before automatically booting the default image; 749 c609719bSwdenk set to -1 to disable autoboot. 750 93d7212fSJoe Hershberger set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort 751 93d7212fSJoe Hershberger (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). 752 c609719bSwdenk 753 c609719bSwdenk See doc/README.autoboot for these options that 754 c609719bSwdenk work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. 755 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 756 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN 757 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED 758 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT 759 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 760 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 761 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 762 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 763 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK 764 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY 765 c609719bSwdenk 766 c609719bSwdenk- Autoboot Command: 767 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 768 c609719bSwdenk Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; 769 c609719bSwdenk define a command string that is automatically executed 770 c609719bSwdenk when no character is read on the console interface 771 c609719bSwdenk within "Boot Delay" after reset. 772 c609719bSwdenk 773 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BOOTARGS 774 c609719bSwdenk This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm 775 c609719bSwdenk command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the 776 c609719bSwdenk environment value "bootargs". 777 c609719bSwdenk 778 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT 779 c609719bSwdenk The value of these goes into the environment as 780 c609719bSwdenk "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used 781 c609719bSwdenk as a convenience, when switching between booting from 782 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler RAM and NFS. 783 c609719bSwdenk 784 c609719bSwdenk- Pre-Boot Commands: 785 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_PREBOOT 786 c609719bSwdenk 787 c609719bSwdenk When this option is #defined, the existence of the 788 c609719bSwdenk environment variable "preboot" will be checked 789 c609719bSwdenk immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 790 c609719bSwdenk countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. 791 c609719bSwdenk entering interactive mode. 792 c609719bSwdenk 793 c609719bSwdenk This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is 794 c609719bSwdenk automatically generated or modified. For an example 795 c609719bSwdenk see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is 796 c609719bSwdenk modified when the user holds down a certain 797 c609719bSwdenk combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when 798 c609719bSwdenk booting the systems 799 c609719bSwdenk 800 c609719bSwdenk- Serial Download Echo Mode: 801 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 802 c609719bSwdenk If defined to 1, all characters received during a 803 c609719bSwdenk serial download (using the "loads" command) are 804 c609719bSwdenk echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal 805 c609719bSwdenk emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take 806 c609719bSwdenk time on others. This setting #define's the initial 807 c609719bSwdenk value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. 808 c609719bSwdenk 809 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) 810 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE 811 c609719bSwdenk Select one of the baudrates listed in 812 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 813 c609719bSwdenk 814 c609719bSwdenk- Monitor Functions: 815 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger Monitor commands can be included or excluded 816 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger from the build by using the #include files 817 c6c621bdSStephen Warren <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted 818 c6c621bdSStephen Warren commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> 819 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger and augmenting with additional #define's 820 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger for wanted commands. 821 c609719bSwdenk 822 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger The default command configuration includes all commands 823 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger except those marked below with a "*". 824 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger 825 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable 826 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo 827 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger 828 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support 829 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands 830 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd 831 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache 832 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo 833 710b9938SMike Frysinger CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 834 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... 835 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support 836 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics 837 a7c93104SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands 838 a7c93104SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command 839 a7c93104SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd 840 a7c93104SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command 841 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat 842 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments 843 246c6922SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable 844 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support 845 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx 846 5e2b3e0cSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks 847 fffad71bSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags 848 0c79cda0SMike Frysinger CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment 849 03e2ecf6SStephen Warren CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support 850 03e2ecf6SStephen Warren CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support 851 bdab39d3SMike Frysinger CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv 852 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support 853 03e2ecf6SStephen Warren CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support 854 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support 855 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect 856 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support 857 4d98b5c8SVincent Stehlé CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support 858 53fdc7efSAnton Staaf CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot 859 a641b979SMike Frysinger CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) 860 a000b795SKim Phillips CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment 861 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest 862 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control 863 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support 864 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support 865 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo 866 8fdf1e0fSVipin Kumar CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash 867 4d98b5c8SVincent Stehlé CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash 868 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support 869 0c79cda0SMike Frysinger CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment 870 c167cc02SJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env 871 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo 872 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values 873 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support 874 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb 875 4d98b5c8SVincent Stehlé CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) 876 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration 877 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger (169.254.*.*) 878 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb 879 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads 880 4d98b5c8SVincent Stehlé CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest 881 02c9aa1dSRobin Getz (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) 882 15a33e49SSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information 883 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, 884 a2681707SWolfgang Denk loop, loopw 885 4d98b5c8SVincent Stehlé CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest 886 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc 887 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support 888 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands 889 68d7d651SStefan Roese CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support 890 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support 891 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot 892 4d98b5c8SVincent Stehlé CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support 893 e92739d3SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands 894 e92739d3SPeter Tyser CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command 895 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo 896 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support 897 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network 898 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger host 899 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O 900 ff048ea9SKenneth Waters CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition 901 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump 902 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable 903 d304931fSSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features 904 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump 905 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support 906 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information 907 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) 908 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access 909 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger (4xx only) 910 f61ec45eSEric Nelson CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash 911 4d98b5c8SVincent Stehlé CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest 912 02c9aa1dSRobin Getz (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) 913 7d861d95SBob Liu CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x 914 74de7aefSWolfgang Denk CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support 915 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support 916 7a83af07SLuca Ceresoli CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode 917 1fb7cd49SSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) 918 da83bcd7SJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) 919 da83bcd7SJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer 920 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support 921 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support 922 c8339f51SMarek Vasut CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support 923 4d98b5c8SVincent Stehlé CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image 924 c609719bSwdenk 925 c609719bSwdenk 926 c609719bSwdenk EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network 927 c609719bSwdenk support you can write: 928 c609719bSwdenk 929 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger #include "config_cmd_all.h" 930 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET 931 c609719bSwdenk 932 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren Other Commands: 933 213bf8c8SGerald Van Baren fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 934 c609719bSwdenk 935 c609719bSwdenk Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands 936 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know 937 c609719bSwdenk what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data 938 c609719bSwdenk cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or 939 c609719bSwdenk 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be 940 c609719bSwdenk uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other 941 c609719bSwdenk systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an 942 c609719bSwdenk initial stack and some data. 943 c609719bSwdenk 944 c609719bSwdenk 945 c609719bSwdenk XXX - this list needs to get updated! 946 c609719bSwdenk 947 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk- Regular expression support: 948 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_REGEX 949 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against 950 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, 951 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk which adds regex support to some commands, as for 952 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk example "env grep" and "setexpr". 953 a5ecbe62SWolfgang Denk 954 45ba8077SSimon Glass- Device tree: 955 45ba8077SSimon Glass CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 956 45ba8077SSimon Glass If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree 957 45ba8077SSimon Glass to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically 958 45ba8077SSimon Glass compiled #defines in the board file. This option is 959 45ba8077SSimon Glass experimental and only available on a few boards. The device 960 45ba8077SSimon Glass tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. 961 45ba8077SSimon Glass 962 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can 963 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass be done using one of the two options below: 964 bbb0b128SSimon Glass 965 bbb0b128SSimon Glass CONFIG_OF_EMBED 966 bbb0b128SSimon Glass If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree 967 bbb0b128SSimon Glass binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the 968 bbb0b128SSimon Glass board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file 969 bbb0b128SSimon Glass is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through 970 bbb0b128SSimon Glass the global data structure as gd->blob. 971 45ba8077SSimon Glass 972 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE 973 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree 974 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific 975 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: 976 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass 977 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin 978 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass 979 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called 980 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can 981 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass still use the individual files if you need something more 982 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass exotic. 983 2c0f79e4SSimon Glass 984 c609719bSwdenk- Watchdog: 985 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_WATCHDOG 986 c609719bSwdenk If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog 987 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC 988 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 989 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR 990 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel register. When supported for a specific SoC is 991 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel available, then no further board specific code should 992 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel be needed to use it. 993 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel 994 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG 995 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used 996 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel SoC, then define this variable and provide board 997 6abe6fb6SDetlev Zundel specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. 998 c609719bSwdenk 999 c1551ea8Sstroese- U-Boot Version: 1000 c1551ea8Sstroese CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE 1001 c1551ea8Sstroese If this variable is defined, an environment variable 1002 c1551ea8Sstroese named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot 1003 c1551ea8Sstroese version as printed by the "version" command. 1004 a1ea8e51SBenoît Thébaudeau Any change to this variable will be reverted at the 1005 a1ea8e51SBenoît Thébaudeau next reset. 1006 c1551ea8Sstroese 1007 c609719bSwdenk- Real-Time Clock: 1008 c609719bSwdenk 1009 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC 1010 c609719bSwdenk has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the 1011 c609719bSwdenk following options: 1012 c609719bSwdenk 1013 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx 1014 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC 1015 4e8b7544SFabio Estevam CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC 1016 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC 1017 1cb8e980Swdenk CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC 1018 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC 1019 7f70e853Swdenk CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC 1020 3bac3513Swdenk CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC 1021 9536dfccSTor Krill CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC 1022 4c0d4c3bSwdenk CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC 1023 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 1024 71d19f30SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on 1025 71d19f30SHeiko Schocher RV3029 RTC. 1026 c609719bSwdenk 1027 b37c7e5eSwdenk Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1028 b37c7e5eSwdenk must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1029 b37c7e5eSwdenk 1030 e92739d3SPeter Tyser- GPIO Support: 1031 e92739d3SPeter Tyser CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO 1032 e92739d3SPeter Tyser CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command 1033 e92739d3SPeter Tyser 1034 5dec49caSChris Packham The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of 1035 5dec49caSChris Packham chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of 1036 5dec49caSChris Packham pins supported by a particular chip. 1037 5dec49caSChris Packham 1038 e92739d3SPeter Tyser Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1039 e92739d3SPeter Tyser must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1040 e92739d3SPeter Tyser 1041 c609719bSwdenk- Timestamp Support: 1042 c609719bSwdenk 1043 c609719bSwdenk When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp 1044 c609719bSwdenk (date and time) of an image is printed by image 1045 c609719bSwdenk commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is 1046 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . 1047 c609719bSwdenk 1048 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: 1049 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc Zero or more of the following: 1050 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. 1051 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the 1052 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. 1053 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. 1054 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the 1055 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see 1056 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc disk/part_efi.c 1057 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. 1058 c609719bSwdenk 1059 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or 1060 218ca724SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at 1061 923c46f9SKarl O. Pinc least one non-MTD partition type as well. 1062 c609719bSwdenk 1063 c609719bSwdenk- IDE Reset method: 1064 4d13cbadSwdenk CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several 1065 4d13cbadSwdenk board configurations files but used nowhere! 1066 c609719bSwdenk 1067 4d13cbadSwdenk CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will 1068 4d13cbadSwdenk be performed by calling the function 1069 4d13cbadSwdenk ide_set_reset(int reset) 1070 4d13cbadSwdenk which has to be defined in a board specific file 1071 c609719bSwdenk 1072 c609719bSwdenk- ATAPI Support: 1073 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_ATAPI 1074 c609719bSwdenk 1075 c609719bSwdenk Set this to enable ATAPI support. 1076 c609719bSwdenk 1077 c40b2956Swdenk- LBA48 Support 1078 c40b2956Swdenk CONFIG_LBA48 1079 c40b2956Swdenk 1080 c40b2956Swdenk Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB 1081 4b142febSHeiko Schocher Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. 1082 c40b2956Swdenk Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' 1083 c40b2956Swdenk support disks up to 2.1TB. 1084 c40b2956Swdenk 1085 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: 1086 c40b2956Swdenk When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. 1087 c40b2956Swdenk Default is 32bit. 1088 c40b2956Swdenk 1089 c609719bSwdenk- SCSI Support: 1090 c609719bSwdenk At the moment only there is only support for the 1091 c609719bSwdenk SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define 1092 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. 1093 c609719bSwdenk 1094 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and 1095 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * 1096 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the 1097 c609719bSwdenk maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target 1098 c609719bSwdenk devices. 1099 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) 1100 c609719bSwdenk 1101 447c031bSStefan Reinauer The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of 1102 447c031bSStefan Reinauer SCSI devices found during the last scan. 1103 447c031bSStefan Reinauer 1104 c609719bSwdenk- NETWORK Support (PCI): 1105 682011ffSwdenk CONFIG_E1000 1106 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. 1107 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett 1108 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett CONFIG_E1000_SPI 1109 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. 1110 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one 1111 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. 1112 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett 1113 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC 1114 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for 1115 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett example with the "sspi" command. 1116 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett 1117 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett CONFIG_CMD_E1000 1118 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices 1119 ce5207e1SKyle Moffett with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. 1120 682011ffSwdenk 1121 ac3315c2SAndre Schwarz CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC 1122 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. 1123 ac3315c2SAndre Schwarz 1124 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_EEPRO100 1125 c609719bSwdenk Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. 1126 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM 1127 c609719bSwdenk write routine for first time initialisation. 1128 c609719bSwdenk 1129 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_TULIP 1130 c609719bSwdenk Support for Digital 2114x chips. 1131 c609719bSwdenk Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific 1132 c609719bSwdenk modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). 1133 c609719bSwdenk 1134 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_NATSEMI 1135 c609719bSwdenk Support for National dp83815 chips. 1136 c609719bSwdenk 1137 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_NS8382X 1138 c609719bSwdenk Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. 1139 c609719bSwdenk 1140 45219c46Swdenk- NETWORK Support (other): 1141 45219c46Swdenk 1142 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC 1143 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. 1144 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig 1145 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig CONFIG_RMII 1146 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig Define this to use reduced MII inteface 1147 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig 1148 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET 1149 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig If this defined, the driver is quiet. 1150 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig The driver doen't show link status messages. 1151 c041e9d2SJens Scharsig 1152 efdd7319SRob Herring CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC 1153 efdd7319SRob Herring Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device 1154 efdd7319SRob Herring 1155 3bb46d23SAshok CONFIG_LAN91C96 1156 45219c46Swdenk Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. 1157 45219c46Swdenk 1158 45219c46Swdenk CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE 1159 45219c46Swdenk Define this to hold the physical address 1160 45219c46Swdenk of the LAN91C96's I/O space 1161 45219c46Swdenk 1162 45219c46Swdenk CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT 1163 45219c46Swdenk Define this to enable 32 bit addressing 1164 45219c46Swdenk 1165 3bb46d23SAshok CONFIG_SMC91111 1166 f39748aeSwdenk Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip 1167 f39748aeSwdenk 1168 f39748aeSwdenk CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE 1169 f39748aeSwdenk Define this to hold the physical address 1170 f39748aeSwdenk of the device (I/O space) 1171 f39748aeSwdenk 1172 f39748aeSwdenk CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT 1173 f39748aeSwdenk Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1174 f39748aeSwdenk 1175 f39748aeSwdenk CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS 1176 f39748aeSwdenk Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros 1177 f39748aeSwdenk (some hardware wont work with macros) 1178 f39748aeSwdenk 1179 dc02badaSHeiko Schocher CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC 1180 dc02badaSHeiko Schocher Support for davinci emac 1181 dc02badaSHeiko Schocher 1182 dc02badaSHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT 1183 dc02badaSHeiko Schocher Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. 1184 dc02badaSHeiko Schocher 1185 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin CONFIG_FTGMAC100 1186 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet 1187 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin 1188 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA 1189 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. 1190 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. 1191 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur 1192 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or 1193 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit 1194 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin control registers. This behavior won't affect the 1195 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. 1196 b3dbf4a5SMacpaul Lin 1197 c2fff331SMike Rapoport CONFIG_SMC911X 1198 557b377dSJens Gehrlein Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips 1199 557b377dSJens Gehrlein 1200 c2fff331SMike Rapoport CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE 1201 557b377dSJens Gehrlein Define this to hold the physical address 1202 557b377dSJens Gehrlein of the device (I/O space) 1203 557b377dSJens Gehrlein 1204 c2fff331SMike Rapoport CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT 1205 557b377dSJens Gehrlein Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1206 557b377dSJens Gehrlein 1207 c2fff331SMike Rapoport CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT 1208 557b377dSJens Gehrlein Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor 1209 557b377dSJens Gehrlein automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit 1210 c2fff331SMike Rapoport words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. 1211 557b377dSJens Gehrlein 1212 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_ETHER 1213 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller 1214 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda 1215 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT 1216 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda Define the number of ports to be used 1217 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda 1218 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR 1219 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda Define the ETH PHY's address 1220 3d0075faSYoshihiro Shimoda 1221 68260aabSYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK 1222 68260aabSYoshihiro Shimoda If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. 1223 68260aabSYoshihiro Shimoda 1224 5e124724SVadim Bendebury- TPM Support: 1225 90899cc0SChe-liang Chiou CONFIG_TPM 1226 90899cc0SChe-liang Chiou Support TPM devices. 1227 90899cc0SChe-liang Chiou 1228 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C 1229 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device 1230 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam per system is supported at this time. 1231 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam 1232 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER 1233 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device 1234 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam 1235 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1236 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus 1237 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam 1238 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION 1239 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam Define the burst count bytes upper limit 1240 1b393db5STom Wai-Hong Tam 1241 c01939c7SDirk Eibach CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI 1242 c01939c7SDirk Eibach Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. 1243 c01939c7SDirk Eibach 1244 90899cc0SChe-liang Chiou CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC 1245 5e124724SVadim Bendebury Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device 1246 5e124724SVadim Bendebury per system is supported at this time. 1247 5e124724SVadim Bendebury 1248 5e124724SVadim Bendebury CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS 1249 5e124724SVadim Bendebury Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped 1250 5e124724SVadim Bendebury to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at 1251 5e124724SVadim Bendebury 0xfed40000. 1252 5e124724SVadim Bendebury 1253 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau CONFIG_CMD_TPM 1254 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau Add tpm monitor functions. 1255 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also 1256 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau provides monitor access to authorized functions. 1257 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau 1258 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau CONFIG_TPM 1259 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides 1260 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau functional interfaces to some TPM commands. 1261 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau Requires support for a TPM device. 1262 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau 1263 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS 1264 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. 1265 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. 1266 be6c1529SReinhard Pfau 1267 c609719bSwdenk- USB Support: 1268 c609719bSwdenk At the moment only the UHCI host controller is 1269 4d13cbadSwdenk supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define 1270 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. 1271 c609719bSwdenk define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard 1272 30d56faeSwdenk and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB 1273 c609719bSwdenk storage devices. 1274 c609719bSwdenk Note: 1275 c609719bSwdenk Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives 1276 c609719bSwdenk (TEAC FD-05PUB). 1277 4d13cbadSwdenk MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: 1278 4d13cbadSwdenk CONFIG_USB_CLOCK 1279 4d13cbadSwdenk for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb 1280 307ecb6dSEric Millbrandt CONFIG_PSC3_USB 1281 307ecb6dSEric Millbrandt for USB on PSC3 1282 4d13cbadSwdenk CONFIG_USB_CONFIG 1283 4d13cbadSwdenk for differential drivers: 0x00001000 1284 4d13cbadSwdenk for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 1285 307ecb6dSEric Millbrandt for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 1286 307ecb6dSEric Millbrandt for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 1287 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL 1288 fdcfaa1bSZhang Wei May be defined to allow interrupt polling 1289 fdcfaa1bSZhang Wei instead of using asynchronous interrupts 1290 4d13cbadSwdenk 1291 9ab4ce22SSimon Glass CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the 1292 9ab4ce22SSimon Glass txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. 1293 9ab4ce22SSimon Glass 1294 aa155058SKuo-Jung Su CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum 1295 aa155058SKuo-Jung Su interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec) 1296 aa155058SKuo-Jung Su 1297 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk- USB Device: 1298 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. 1299 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the 1300 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and 1301 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print 1302 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty 1303 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to 1304 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a 1305 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. 1306 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate 1307 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk a Linux host by 1308 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID 1309 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment 1310 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following 1311 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk might be defined in YourBoardName.h 1312 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1313 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USB_DEVICE 1314 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this to build a UDC device 1315 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1316 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USB_TTY 1317 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this to have a tty type of device available to 1318 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk talk to the UDC device 1319 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1320 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR CONFIG_USBD_HS 1321 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR Define this to enable the high speed support for usb 1322 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine 1323 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR int is_usbd_high_speed(void) 1324 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll 1325 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full 1326 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR speed. 1327 f9da0f89SVipin KUMAR 1328 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 1329 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to 1330 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk be set to usbtty. 1331 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1332 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk mpc8xx: 1333 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH 1334 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" 1335 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 1336 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1337 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH 1338 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Derive USB clock from brgclk 1339 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 1340 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1341 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to 1342 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h 1343 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define 1344 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, 1345 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot 1346 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. 1347 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1348 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER 1349 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this string as the name of your company for 1350 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" 1351 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1352 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME 1353 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this string as the name of your product 1354 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" 1355 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1356 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 1357 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB 1358 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID 1359 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk to avoid polluting the USB namespace. 1360 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF 1361 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk 1362 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 1363 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk Define this as the unique Product ID 1364 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk for your device 1365 16c8d5e7SWolfgang Denk - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF 1366 c609719bSwdenk 1367 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg- ULPI Layer Support: 1368 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via 1369 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY 1370 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and 1371 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based 1372 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg viewport is supported. 1373 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and 1374 d70a560fSIgor Grinberg CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. 1375 6d365ea0SLucas Stach If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the 1376 6d365ea0SLucas Stach standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to 1377 6d365ea0SLucas Stach the appropriate value in Hz. 1378 c609719bSwdenk 1379 c609719bSwdenk- MMC Support: 1380 c609719bSwdenk The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To 1381 c609719bSwdenk enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be 1382 c609719bSwdenk accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device 1383 c609719bSwdenk to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is 1384 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with 1385 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. 1386 c609719bSwdenk 1387 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_MMCIF 1388 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller 1389 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda 1390 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR 1391 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda Define the base address of MMCIF registers 1392 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda 1393 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK 1394 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda Define the clock frequency for MMCIF 1395 afb35666SYoshihiro Shimoda 1396 b3ba6e94STom Rini- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: 1397 b3ba6e94STom Rini CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION 1398 b3ba6e94STom Rini This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class 1399 b3ba6e94STom Rini 1400 b3ba6e94STom Rini CONFIG_CMD_DFU 1401 b3ba6e94STom Rini This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have 1402 b3ba6e94STom Rini U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command 1403 b3ba6e94STom Rini requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be 1404 b3ba6e94STom Rini set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. 1405 b3ba6e94STom Rini 1406 b3ba6e94STom Rini CONFIG_DFU_MMC 1407 b3ba6e94STom Rini This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. 1408 b3ba6e94STom Rini 1409 c6631764SPantelis Antoniou CONFIG_DFU_NAND 1410 c6631764SPantelis Antoniou This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. 1411 c6631764SPantelis Antoniou 1412 e7e75c70SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE 1413 e7e75c70SHeiko Schocher Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the 1414 e7e75c70SHeiko Schocher raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer 1415 e7e75c70SHeiko Schocher configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable 1416 e7e75c70SHeiko Schocher through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. 1417 e7e75c70SHeiko Schocher 1418 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE 1419 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou When updating files rather than the raw storage device, 1420 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write 1421 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define 1422 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. 1423 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou Default is 4 MiB if undefined. 1424 ea2453d5SPantelis Antoniou 1425 6705d81eSwdenk- Journaling Flash filesystem support: 1426 6705d81eSwdenk CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, 1427 6705d81eSwdenk CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV 1428 6705d81eSwdenk Define these for a default partition on a NAND device 1429 6705d81eSwdenk 1430 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, 1431 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS 1432 6705d81eSwdenk Define these for a default partition on a NOR device 1433 6705d81eSwdenk 1434 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART 1435 6705d81eSwdenk Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a 1436 6705d81eSwdenk function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) 1437 6705d81eSwdenk 1438 6705d81eSwdenk If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to 1439 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 1440 6705d81eSwdenk to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you 1441 6705d81eSwdenk have not defined a custom partition 1442 6705d81eSwdenk 1443 c30a15e5SDonggeun Kim- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: 1444 c30a15e5SDonggeun Kim CONFIG_FAT_WRITE 1445 656f4c65SDonggeun Kim 1446 656f4c65SDonggeun Kim Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a 1447 656f4c65SDonggeun Kim file in FAT formatted partition. 1448 656f4c65SDonggeun Kim 1449 656f4c65SDonggeun Kim This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the 1450 656f4c65SDonggeun Kim user to write files to FAT. 1451 c30a15e5SDonggeun Kim 1452 84cd9327SGabe BlackCBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support 1453 84cd9327SGabe Black CONFIG_CMD_CBFS 1454 84cd9327SGabe Black 1455 84cd9327SGabe Black Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot 1456 84cd9327SGabe Black filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls 1457 84cd9327SGabe Black and cbfsload. 1458 84cd9327SGabe Black 1459 c609719bSwdenk- Keyboard Support: 1460 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD 1461 c609719bSwdenk 1462 c609719bSwdenk Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard 1463 c609719bSwdenk support 1464 c609719bSwdenk 1465 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_I8042_KBD 1466 c609719bSwdenk Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and 1467 c609719bSwdenk GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. 1468 c609719bSwdenk Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc 1469 c609719bSwdenk for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. 1470 c609719bSwdenk 1471 713cb680SHung-ying Tyan CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB 1472 713cb680SHung-ying Tyan Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface. 1473 713cb680SHung-ying Tyan This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller 1474 713cb680SHung-ying Tyan which provides key scans on request. 1475 713cb680SHung-ying Tyan 1476 c609719bSwdenk- Video support: 1477 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_VIDEO 1478 c609719bSwdenk 1479 c609719bSwdenk Define this to enable video support (for output to 1480 c609719bSwdenk video). 1481 c609719bSwdenk 1482 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 1483 c609719bSwdenk 1484 c609719bSwdenk Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip 1485 c609719bSwdenk 1486 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM 1487 eeb1b77bSwdenk Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The 1488 eeb1b77bSwdenk video output is selected via environment 'videoout' 1489 eeb1b77bSwdenk (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is 1490 eeb1b77bSwdenk assumed. 1491 c609719bSwdenk 1492 eeb1b77bSwdenk For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is 1493 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways 1494 eeb1b77bSwdenk are possible: 1495 eeb1b77bSwdenk - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. 1496 eeb1b77bSwdenk Following standard modes are supported (* is default): 1497 eeb1b77bSwdenk 1498 eeb1b77bSwdenk Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 1499 eeb1b77bSwdenk -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1500 eeb1b77bSwdenk 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 1501 eeb1b77bSwdenk 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 1502 eeb1b77bSwdenk 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A 1503 eeb1b77bSwdenk 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B 1504 eeb1b77bSwdenk -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1505 c609719bSwdenk (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) 1506 c609719bSwdenk 1507 eeb1b77bSwdenk - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed 1508 7817cb20SMarcel Ziswiler from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) 1509 eeb1b77bSwdenk 1510 eeb1b77bSwdenk 1511 a6c7ad2fSwdenk CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 1512 a6c7ad2fSwdenk Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp 1513 a6c7ad2fSwdenk and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP 1514 a6c7ad2fSwdenk or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP 1515 a6c7ad2fSwdenk 1516 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB 1517 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for 1518 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU 1519 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi support, and should also define these other macros: 1520 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi 1521 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR 1522 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_VIDEO 1523 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_CMD_BMP 1524 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 1525 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR 1526 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE 1527 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 1528 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO 1529 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi 1530 ba8e76bdSTimur Tabi The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment 1531 ba8e76bdSTimur Tabi variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during 1532 ba8e76bdSTimur Tabi boot. See the documentation file README.video for a 1533 ba8e76bdSTimur Tabi description of this variable. 1534 7d3053fbSTimur Tabi 1535 058d59b0SSimon Glass CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA 1536 058d59b0SSimon Glass 1537 058d59b0SSimon Glass Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you 1538 058d59b0SSimon Glass are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer 1539 058d59b0SSimon Glass driver. 1540 058d59b0SSimon Glass 1541 058d59b0SSimon Glass 1542 682011ffSwdenk- Keyboard Support: 1543 682011ffSwdenk CONFIG_KEYBOARD 1544 682011ffSwdenk 1545 682011ffSwdenk Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. 1546 682011ffSwdenk This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be 1547 682011ffSwdenk defined in your board-specific files. 1548 682011ffSwdenk The only board using this so far is RBC823. 1549 a6c7ad2fSwdenk 1550 c609719bSwdenk- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD 1551 c609719bSwdenk 1552 c609719bSwdenk Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD 1553 c609719bSwdenk display); also select one of the supported displays 1554 c609719bSwdenk by defining one of these: 1555 c609719bSwdenk 1556 39cf4804SStelian Pop CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: 1557 39cf4804SStelian Pop 1558 39cf4804SStelian Pop HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. 1559 39cf4804SStelian Pop 1560 fd3103bbSwdenk CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: 1561 c609719bSwdenk 1562 fd3103bbSwdenk NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. 1563 c609719bSwdenk 1564 fd3103bbSwdenk CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 1565 c609719bSwdenk 1566 fd3103bbSwdenk NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. 1567 fd3103bbSwdenk Active, color, single scan. 1568 fd3103bbSwdenk 1569 fd3103bbSwdenk CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 1570 fd3103bbSwdenk 1571 fd3103bbSwdenk NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. 1572 c609719bSwdenk Active, color, single scan. 1573 c609719bSwdenk 1574 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 1575 c609719bSwdenk 1576 c609719bSwdenk Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. 1577 c609719bSwdenk It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. 1578 c609719bSwdenk 1579 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 1580 c609719bSwdenk 1581 c609719bSwdenk Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. 1582 c609719bSwdenk Active, color, single scan. 1583 c609719bSwdenk 1584 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_HLD1045 1585 c609719bSwdenk 1586 c609719bSwdenk HLD1045 display, 640x480. 1587 c609719bSwdenk Active, color, single scan. 1588 c609719bSwdenk 1589 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_OPTREX_BW 1590 c609719bSwdenk 1591 c609719bSwdenk Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 1592 c609719bSwdenk or 1593 c609719bSwdenk Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T 1594 c609719bSwdenk or 1595 c609719bSwdenk Hitachi SP14Q002 1596 c609719bSwdenk 1597 c609719bSwdenk 320x240. Black & white. 1598 c609719bSwdenk 1599 c609719bSwdenk Normally display is black on white background; define 1600 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. 1601 c609719bSwdenk 1602 676d319eSSimon Glass CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT 1603 676d319eSSimon Glass 1604 676d319eSSimon Glass Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is 1605 676d319eSSimon Glass defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. 1606 676d319eSSimon Glass For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE 1607 676d319eSSimon Glass here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on 1608 676d319eSSimon Glass a per-section basis. 1609 676d319eSSimon Glass 1610 0d89efefSSimon Glass CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES 1611 0d89efefSSimon Glass 1612 0d89efefSSimon Glass When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of 1613 0d89efefSSimon Glass lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes 1614 0d89efefSSimon Glass the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling 1615 0d89efefSSimon Glass is slow. 1616 676d319eSSimon Glass 1617 45d7f525STom Wai-Hong Tam CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 1618 45d7f525STom Wai-Hong Tam 1619 45d7f525STom Wai-Hong Tam Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. 1620 45d7f525STom Wai-Hong Tam 1621 735987c5STom Wai-Hong Tam CONFIG_I2C_EDID 1622 735987c5STom Wai-Hong Tam 1623 735987c5STom Wai-Hong Tam Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID 1624 735987c5STom Wai-Hong Tam information over I2C from an attached LCD display. 1625 735987c5STom Wai-Hong Tam 1626 7152b1d0Swdenk- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN 1627 d791b1dcSwdenk 1628 d791b1dcSwdenk If this option is set, the environment is checked for 1629 d791b1dcSwdenk a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display 1630 d791b1dcSwdenk of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD 1631 e94d2cd9Swdenk is suppressed and the BMP image at the address 1632 d791b1dcSwdenk specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The 1633 d791b1dcSwdenk console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This 1634 d791b1dcSwdenk allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is 1635 d791b1dcSwdenk loaded very quickly after power-on. 1636 d791b1dcSwdenk 1637 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD 1638 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov 1639 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment 1640 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address 1641 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses). 1642 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment 1643 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data 1644 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned 1645 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) 1646 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov there is no need to set this option. 1647 c0880485SNikita Kiryanov 1648 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN 1649 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser 1650 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned 1651 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the 1652 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as 1653 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it 1654 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also 1655 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser specify 'm' for centering the image. 1656 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser 1657 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser Example: 1658 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser setenv splashpos m,m 1659 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser => image at center of screen 1660 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser 1661 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser setenv splashpos 30,20 1662 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser => image at x = 30 and y = 20 1663 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser 1664 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser setenv splashpos -10,m 1665 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser => vertically centered image 1666 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 1667 1ca298ceSMatthias Weisser 1668 98f4a3dfSStefan Roese- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP 1669 98f4a3dfSStefan Roese 1670 98f4a3dfSStefan Roese If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP 1671 98f4a3dfSStefan Roese images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the 1672 98f4a3dfSStefan Roese splashscreen support or the bmp command. 1673 98f4a3dfSStefan Roese 1674 d5011762SAnatolij Gustschin- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 1675 d5011762SAnatolij Gustschin 1676 d5011762SAnatolij Gustschin If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images 1677 d5011762SAnatolij Gustschin can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the 1678 d5011762SAnatolij Gustschin bmp command. 1679 d5011762SAnatolij Gustschin 1680 f2b96dfbSLei Wen- Do compresssing for memory range: 1681 f2b96dfbSLei Wen CONFIG_CMD_ZIP 1682 f2b96dfbSLei Wen 1683 f2b96dfbSLei Wen If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method 1684 f2b96dfbSLei Wen to compress the specified memory at its best effort. 1685 f2b96dfbSLei Wen 1686 c29fdfc1Swdenk- Compression support: 1687 c29fdfc1Swdenk CONFIG_BZIP2 1688 c29fdfc1Swdenk 1689 c29fdfc1Swdenk If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed 1690 c29fdfc1Swdenk images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip 1691 c29fdfc1Swdenk compressed images are supported. 1692 c29fdfc1Swdenk 1693 c29fdfc1Swdenk NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so 1694 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should 1695 c29fdfc1Swdenk be at least 4MB. 1696 d791b1dcSwdenk 1697 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini CONFIG_LZMA 1698 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1699 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini If this option is set, support for lzma compressed 1700 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini images is included. 1701 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1702 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it 1703 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the 1704 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini formula: 1705 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1706 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) 1707 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1708 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits 1709 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini and Literal pos bits. 1710 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1711 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, 1712 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a 1713 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is 1714 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini a very small buffer. 1715 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1716 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and 1717 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring 1718 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). 1719 fc9c1727SLuigi 'Comio' Mantellini 1720 17ea1177Swdenk- MII/PHY support: 1721 17ea1177Swdenk CONFIG_PHY_ADDR 1722 17ea1177Swdenk 1723 17ea1177Swdenk The address of PHY on MII bus. 1724 17ea1177Swdenk 1725 17ea1177Swdenk CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) 1726 17ea1177Swdenk 1727 17ea1177Swdenk The clock frequency of the MII bus 1728 17ea1177Swdenk 1729 17ea1177Swdenk CONFIG_PHY_GIGE 1730 17ea1177Swdenk 1731 17ea1177Swdenk If this option is set, support for speed/duplex 1732 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler detection of gigabit PHY is included. 1733 17ea1177Swdenk 1734 17ea1177Swdenk CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY 1735 17ea1177Swdenk 1736 17ea1177Swdenk Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1737 17ea1177Swdenk reset before any MII register access is possible. 1738 17ea1177Swdenk For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay 1739 17ea1177Swdenk required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) 1740 17ea1177Swdenk 1741 17ea1177Swdenk CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) 1742 17ea1177Swdenk 1743 17ea1177Swdenk Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1744 17ea1177Swdenk command issued before MII status register can be read 1745 17ea1177Swdenk 1746 c609719bSwdenk- Ethernet address: 1747 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_ETHADDR 1748 c68a05feSrichardretanubun CONFIG_ETH1ADDR 1749 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_ETH2ADDR 1750 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_ETH3ADDR 1751 c68a05feSrichardretanubun CONFIG_ETH4ADDR 1752 c68a05feSrichardretanubun CONFIG_ETH5ADDR 1753 c609719bSwdenk 1754 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Define a default value for Ethernet address to use 1755 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this 1756 c609719bSwdenk is not determined automatically. 1757 c609719bSwdenk 1758 c609719bSwdenk- IP address: 1759 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_IPADDR 1760 c609719bSwdenk 1761 c609719bSwdenk Define a default value for the IP address to use for 1762 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not 1763 c609719bSwdenk determined through e.g. bootp. 1764 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk (Environment variable "ipaddr") 1765 c609719bSwdenk 1766 c609719bSwdenk- Server IP address: 1767 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SERVERIP 1768 c609719bSwdenk 1769 c609719bSwdenk Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP 1770 c609719bSwdenk server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. 1771 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk (Environment variable "serverip") 1772 c609719bSwdenk 1773 97cfe861SRobin Getz CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR 1774 97cfe861SRobin Getz 1775 97cfe861SRobin Getz Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' 1776 97cfe861SRobin Getz for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) 1777 97cfe861SRobin Getz 1778 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk- Gateway IP address: 1779 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_GATEWAYIP 1780 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk 1781 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk Defines a default value for the IP address of the 1782 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk default router where packets to other networks are 1783 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk sent to. 1784 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk (Environment variable "gatewayip") 1785 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk 1786 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk- Subnet mask: 1787 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_NETMASK 1788 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk 1789 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or 1790 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP 1791 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be 1792 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk forwarded through a router. 1793 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk (Environment variable "netmask") 1794 1ebcd654SWolfgang Denk 1795 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff- Multicast TFTP Mode: 1796 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP 1797 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff 1798 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per 1799 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets 1800 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet 1801 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a 1802 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff multicast group. 1803 53a5c424SDavid Updegraff 1804 c609719bSwdenk- BOOTP Recovery Mode: 1805 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY 1806 c609719bSwdenk 1807 c609719bSwdenk If you have many targets in a network that try to 1808 c609719bSwdenk boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all 1809 c609719bSwdenk systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same 1810 c609719bSwdenk moment (which would happen for instance at recovery 1811 c609719bSwdenk from a power failure, when all systems will try to 1812 c609719bSwdenk boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining 1813 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be 1814 c609719bSwdenk inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The 1815 6c33c785SWolfgang Denk following delays are inserted then: 1816 c609719bSwdenk 1817 c609719bSwdenk 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec 1818 c609719bSwdenk 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec 1819 c609719bSwdenk 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec 1820 c609719bSwdenk 4th and following 1821 c609719bSwdenk BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec 1822 c609719bSwdenk 1823 fe389a82Sstroese- DHCP Advanced Options: 1824 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining 1825 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: 1826 fe389a82Sstroese 1827 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK 1828 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY 1829 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME 1830 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN 1831 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH 1832 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE 1833 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1834 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 1835 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME 1836 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER 1837 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET 1838 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX 1839 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL 1840 fe389a82Sstroese 1841 5d110f0aSWilson Callan CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip 1842 5d110f0aSWilson Callan environment variable, not the BOOTP server. 1843 fe389a82Sstroese 1844 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found 1845 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger after the configured retry count, the call will fail 1846 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over 1847 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server 1848 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger is not available. 1849 2c00e099SJoe Hershberger 1850 fe389a82Sstroese CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS 1851 fe389a82Sstroese serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more 1852 fe389a82Sstroese than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. 1853 fe389a82Sstroese If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS 1854 fe389a82Sstroese serverip will be stored in the additional environment 1855 fe389a82Sstroese variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always 1856 fe389a82Sstroese stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1857 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger is defined. 1858 fe389a82Sstroese 1859 fe389a82Sstroese CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable 1860 fe389a82Sstroese to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they 1861 fe389a82Sstroese need the hostname of the DHCP requester. 1862 5d110f0aSWilson Callan If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content 1863 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as 1864 1fe80d79SJon Loeliger option 12 to the DHCP server. 1865 fe389a82Sstroese 1866 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY 1867 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas 1868 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between 1869 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". 1870 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't 1871 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an 1872 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed 1873 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 1874 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at 1875 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope 1876 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas that one of the retries will be successful but note that 1877 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than 1878 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas this delay. 1879 d9a2f416SAras Vaichas 1880 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger - Link-local IP address negotiation: 1881 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network 1882 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. 1883 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed 1884 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger to exist in all environments that the device must operate. 1885 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger 1886 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger See doc/README.link-local for more information. 1887 d22c338eSJoe Hershberger 1888 a3d991bdSwdenk - CDP Options: 1889 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID 1890 a3d991bdSwdenk 1891 a3d991bdSwdenk The device id used in CDP trigger frames. 1892 a3d991bdSwdenk 1893 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX 1894 a3d991bdSwdenk 1895 a3d991bdSwdenk A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address 1896 a3d991bdSwdenk of the device. 1897 a3d991bdSwdenk 1898 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID 1899 a3d991bdSwdenk 1900 a3d991bdSwdenk A printf format string which contains the ascii name of 1901 a3d991bdSwdenk the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets 1902 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. 1903 a3d991bdSwdenk 1904 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES 1905 a3d991bdSwdenk 1906 a3d991bdSwdenk A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; 1907 a3d991bdSwdenk 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. 1908 a3d991bdSwdenk 1909 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_VERSION 1910 a3d991bdSwdenk 1911 a3d991bdSwdenk An ascii string containing the version of the software. 1912 a3d991bdSwdenk 1913 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM 1914 a3d991bdSwdenk 1915 a3d991bdSwdenk An ascii string containing the name of the platform. 1916 a3d991bdSwdenk 1917 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER 1918 a3d991bdSwdenk 1919 a3d991bdSwdenk A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. 1920 a3d991bdSwdenk 1921 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION 1922 a3d991bdSwdenk 1923 a3d991bdSwdenk A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the 1924 a3d991bdSwdenk device in .1 of milliwatts. 1925 a3d991bdSwdenk 1926 a3d991bdSwdenk CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE 1927 a3d991bdSwdenk 1928 a3d991bdSwdenk A byte containing the id of the VLAN. 1929 a3d991bdSwdenk 1930 c609719bSwdenk- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED 1931 c609719bSwdenk 1932 c609719bSwdenk Several configurations allow to display the current 1933 c609719bSwdenk status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink 1934 c609719bSwdenk fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as 1935 c609719bSwdenk soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and 1936 c609719bSwdenk start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running 1937 c609719bSwdenk (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux 1938 c609719bSwdenk kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this 1939 c609719bSwdenk feature in U-Boot. 1940 c609719bSwdenk 1941 c609719bSwdenk- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER 1942 c609719bSwdenk 1943 c609719bSwdenk Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support 1944 c609719bSwdenk on those systems that support this (optional) 1945 c609719bSwdenk feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. 1946 c609719bSwdenk 1947 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C 1948 c609719bSwdenk 1949 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use 1950 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set 1951 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c 1952 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See 1953 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line 1954 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher interface. 1955 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 1956 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher ported i2c driver to the new framework: 1957 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: 1958 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define 1959 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE 1960 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher for defining speed and slave address 1961 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define 1962 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 1963 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher for defining speed and slave address 1964 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define 1965 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 1966 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher for defining speed and slave address 1967 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define 1968 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 1969 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher for defining speed and slave address 1970 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 1971 00f792e0SHeiko Schocher - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: 1972 00f792e0SHeiko Schocher - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL 1973 00f792e0SHeiko Schocher define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register 1974 00f792e0SHeiko Schocher offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and 1975 00f792e0SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first 1976 00f792e0SHeiko Schocher bus. 1977 00f792e0SHeiko Schocher - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define 1978 00f792e0SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset 1979 00f792e0SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and 1980 00f792e0SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the 1981 00f792e0SHeiko Schocher second bus. 1982 00f792e0SHeiko Schocher 1983 *1f2ba722SSimon Glass - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: 1984 *1f2ba722SSimon Glass - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA 1985 *1f2ba722SSimon Glass - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from 1986 *1f2ba722SSimon Glass 100000 and the slave addr 0! 1987 *1f2ba722SSimon Glass 1988 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher additional defines: 1989 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 1990 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES 1991 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you 1992 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this 1993 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can 1994 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher omit this define. 1995 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 1996 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS 1997 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. 1998 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can 1999 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher omit this define. 2000 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 2001 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS 2002 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected 2003 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this 2004 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher define. 2005 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 2006 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES 2007 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if 2008 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example 2009 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and 2010 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: 2011 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 2012 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2013 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ 2014 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ 2015 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ 2016 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ 2017 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ 2018 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2019 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ 2020 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ 2021 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher } 2022 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 2023 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher which defines 2024 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux 2025 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 2026 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 2027 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 2028 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 2029 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 2030 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux 2031 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 2032 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 2033 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 2034 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. 2035 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 2036 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C 2037 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 2038 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which 2039 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher provides the following compelling advantages: 2040 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 2041 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher - more than one i2c adapter is usable 2042 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher - approved multibus support 2043 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher - better i2c mux support 2044 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 2045 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** 2046 3f4978c7SHeiko Schocher 2047 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining 2048 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver 2049 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher for the selected CPU. 2050 c609719bSwdenk 2051 b37c7e5eSwdenk This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot 2052 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in 2053 b37c7e5eSwdenk CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime 2054 b37c7e5eSwdenk clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the 2055 c609719bSwdenk command line interface. 2056 c609719bSwdenk 2057 bb99ad6dSBen Warren CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. 2058 c609719bSwdenk 2059 b37c7e5eSwdenk There are several other quantities that must also be 2060 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2061 c609719bSwdenk 2062 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED 2063 b37c7e5eSwdenk to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus 2064 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie 2065 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler the CPU's i2c node address). 2066 c609719bSwdenk 2067 8d321b81SPeter Tyser Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx 2068 a47a12beSStefan Roese (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node 2069 8d321b81SPeter Tyser and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, 2070 8d321b81SPeter Tyser eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set 2071 8d321b81SPeter Tyser CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. 2072 b37c7e5eSwdenk 2073 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX 2074 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt 2075 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2076 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt chips might think that the current transfer is still 2077 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start 2078 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt commands until the slave device responds. 2079 5da71efaSEric Millbrandt 2080 b37c7e5eSwdenk That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2081 b37c7e5eSwdenk 2082 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) 2083 b37c7e5eSwdenk then the following macros need to be defined (examples are 2084 b37c7e5eSwdenk from include/configs/lwmon.h): 2085 c609719bSwdenk 2086 c609719bSwdenk I2C_INIT 2087 c609719bSwdenk 2088 b37c7e5eSwdenk (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C 2089 c609719bSwdenk controller or configure ports. 2090 c609719bSwdenk 2091 b37c7e5eSwdenk eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) 2092 b37c7e5eSwdenk 2093 c609719bSwdenk I2C_PORT 2094 c609719bSwdenk 2095 c609719bSwdenk (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code 2096 c609719bSwdenk assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values 2097 c609719bSwdenk are 0..3 for ports A..D. 2098 c609719bSwdenk 2099 c609719bSwdenk I2C_ACTIVE 2100 c609719bSwdenk 2101 c609719bSwdenk The code necessary to make the I2C data line active 2102 c609719bSwdenk (driven). If the data line is open collector, this 2103 c609719bSwdenk define can be null. 2104 c609719bSwdenk 2105 b37c7e5eSwdenk eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) 2106 b37c7e5eSwdenk 2107 c609719bSwdenk I2C_TRISTATE 2108 c609719bSwdenk 2109 c609719bSwdenk The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated 2110 c609719bSwdenk (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this 2111 c609719bSwdenk define can be null. 2112 c609719bSwdenk 2113 b37c7e5eSwdenk eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) 2114 b37c7e5eSwdenk 2115 c609719bSwdenk I2C_READ 2116 c609719bSwdenk 2117 472d5460SYork Sun Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, 2118 472d5460SYork Sun false if it is low. 2119 c609719bSwdenk 2120 b37c7e5eSwdenk eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) 2121 b37c7e5eSwdenk 2122 c609719bSwdenk I2C_SDA(bit) 2123 c609719bSwdenk 2124 472d5460SYork Sun If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it 2125 472d5460SYork Sun is false, it clears it (low). 2126 c609719bSwdenk 2127 b37c7e5eSwdenk eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ 2128 b37c7e5eSwdenk if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ 2129 b37c7e5eSwdenk else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA 2130 b37c7e5eSwdenk 2131 c609719bSwdenk I2C_SCL(bit) 2132 c609719bSwdenk 2133 472d5460SYork Sun If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it 2134 472d5460SYork Sun is false, it clears it (low). 2135 c609719bSwdenk 2136 b37c7e5eSwdenk eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ 2137 b37c7e5eSwdenk if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ 2138 b37c7e5eSwdenk else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL 2139 b37c7e5eSwdenk 2140 c609719bSwdenk I2C_DELAY 2141 c609719bSwdenk 2142 c609719bSwdenk This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this 2143 c609719bSwdenk controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus 2144 b37c7e5eSwdenk is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something 2145 b37c7e5eSwdenk like: 2146 b37c7e5eSwdenk 2147 b37c7e5eSwdenk #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) 2148 c609719bSwdenk 2149 793b5726SMike Frysinger CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA 2150 793b5726SMike Frysinger 2151 793b5726SMike Frysinger If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), 2152 793b5726SMike Frysinger then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be 2153 793b5726SMike Frysinger used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will 2154 793b5726SMike Frysinger have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. 2155 793b5726SMike Frysinger 2156 793b5726SMike Frysinger You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to 2157 793b5726SMike Frysinger the generic GPIO functions. 2158 793b5726SMike Frysinger 2159 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD 2160 47cd00faSwdenk 2161 47cd00faSwdenk When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2162 47cd00faSwdenk chips might think that the current transfer is still 2163 47cd00faSwdenk in progress. On some boards it is possible to access 2164 47cd00faSwdenk the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the 2165 47cd00faSwdenk processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin 2166 47cd00faSwdenk connected to the bus. If this option is defined a 2167 47cd00faSwdenk custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c 2168 47cd00faSwdenk is run early in the boot sequence. 2169 47cd00faSwdenk 2170 26a33504SRichard Retanubun CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT 2171 26a33504SRichard Retanubun 2172 26a33504SRichard Retanubun An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is 2173 26a33504SRichard Retanubun defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in 2174 26a33504SRichard Retanubun boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() 2175 26a33504SRichard Retanubun is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus 2176 26a33504SRichard Retanubun using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c 2177 26a33504SRichard Retanubun controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of 2178 26a33504SRichard Retanubun i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus 2179 26a33504SRichard Retanubun controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). 2180 26a33504SRichard Retanubun 2181 17ea1177Swdenk CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 2182 17ea1177Swdenk 2183 17ea1177Swdenk This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags 2184 17ea1177Swdenk in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment 2185 17ea1177Swdenk variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) 2186 17ea1177Swdenk 2187 bb99ad6dSBen Warren CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2188 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2189 bb99ad6dSBen Warren This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which 2190 bb99ad6dSBen Warren must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is 2191 bb99ad6dSBen Warren active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. 2192 bb99ad6dSBen Warren Note that bus numbering is zero-based. 2193 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2194 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES 2195 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2196 bb99ad6dSBen Warren This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped 2197 0f89c54bSPeter Tyser when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2198 0f89c54bSPeter Tyser is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify 2199 0f89c54bSPeter Tyser a 1D array of device addresses 2200 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2201 bb99ad6dSBen Warren e.g. 2202 bb99ad6dSBen Warren #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2203 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} 2204 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2205 bb99ad6dSBen Warren will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus 2206 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2207 bb99ad6dSBen Warren #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2208 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} 2209 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2210 bb99ad6dSBen Warren will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 2211 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 2212 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 2213 be5e6181STimur Tabi 2214 be5e6181STimur Tabi If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. 2215 be5e6181STimur Tabi If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. 2216 be5e6181STimur Tabi 2217 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM 2218 0dc018ecSStefan Roese 2219 0dc018ecSStefan Roese If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. 2220 0dc018ecSStefan Roese If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. 2221 0dc018ecSStefan Roese 2222 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM 2223 0dc018ecSStefan Roese 2224 0dc018ecSStefan Roese If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. 2225 0dc018ecSStefan Roese If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. 2226 0dc018ecSStefan Roese 2227 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: 2228 9ebbb54fSVictor Gallardo 2229 9ebbb54fSVictor Gallardo If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. 2230 9ebbb54fSVictor Gallardo If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for 2231 9ebbb54fSVictor Gallardo specified DTT device. 2232 9ebbb54fSVictor Gallardo 2233 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START 2234 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer 2235 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer defining this will force the i2c_read() function in 2236 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start 2237 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer between writing the address pointer and reading the 2238 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour 2239 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C 2240 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer devices can use either method, but some require one or 2241 2ac6985aSAndrew Dyer the other. 2242 be5e6181STimur Tabi 2243 c609719bSwdenk- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI 2244 c609719bSwdenk 2245 c609719bSwdenk Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with 2246 c609719bSwdenk SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and 2247 c609719bSwdenk D/As on the SACSng board) 2248 c609719bSwdenk 2249 6639562eSYoshihiro Shimoda CONFIG_SH_SPI 2250 6639562eSYoshihiro Shimoda 2251 6639562eSYoshihiro Shimoda Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently 2252 6639562eSYoshihiro Shimoda only SH7757 is supported. 2253 6639562eSYoshihiro Shimoda 2254 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SPI_X 2255 c609719bSwdenk 2256 c609719bSwdenk Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. 2257 c609719bSwdenk (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) 2258 c609719bSwdenk 2259 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SOFT_SPI 2260 c609719bSwdenk 2261 c609719bSwdenk Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than 2262 c609719bSwdenk using hardware support. This is a general purpose 2263 c609719bSwdenk driver that only requires three general I/O port pins 2264 c609719bSwdenk (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is 2265 c609719bSwdenk defined, the board configuration must define several 2266 c609719bSwdenk SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For 2267 c609719bSwdenk an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. 2268 c609719bSwdenk 2269 04a9e118SBen Warren CONFIG_HARD_SPI 2270 04a9e118SBen Warren 2271 04a9e118SBen Warren Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads 2272 04a9e118SBen Warren and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration 2273 04a9e118SBen Warren must define a list of chip-select function pointers. 2274 04a9e118SBen Warren Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an 2275 04a9e118SBen Warren example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. 2276 04a9e118SBen Warren 2277 38254f45SGuennadi Liakhovetski CONFIG_MXC_SPI 2278 38254f45SGuennadi Liakhovetski 2279 38254f45SGuennadi Liakhovetski Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC 2280 2e3cd1cdSFabio Estevam SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. 2281 38254f45SGuennadi Liakhovetski 2282 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA 2283 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs 2284 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs Enables FPGA subsystem. 2285 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs 2286 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> 2287 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs 2288 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs Enables support for specific chip vendors. 2289 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs (ALTERA, XILINX) 2290 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs 2291 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs CONFIG_FPGA_<family> 2292 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs 2293 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs Enables support for FPGA family. 2294 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) 2295 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs 2296 0133502eSMatthias Fuchs CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT 2297 c609719bSwdenk 2298 c609719bSwdenk Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. 2299 c609719bSwdenk 2300 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK 2301 c609719bSwdenk 2302 c609719bSwdenk Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. 2303 c609719bSwdenk 2304 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY 2305 c609719bSwdenk 2306 c609719bSwdenk Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy 2307 c609719bSwdenk status by the configuration function. This option 2308 c609719bSwdenk will require a board or device specific function to 2309 c609719bSwdenk be written. 2310 c609719bSwdenk 2311 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY 2312 c609719bSwdenk 2313 c609719bSwdenk If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA 2314 c609719bSwdenk configuration driver. 2315 c609719bSwdenk 2316 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC 2317 c609719bSwdenk Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration 2318 c609719bSwdenk 2319 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR 2320 c609719bSwdenk 2321 c609719bSwdenk Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile 2322 c609719bSwdenk loading. For example, abort during Virtex II 2323 c609719bSwdenk configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which 2324 c609719bSwdenk indicated a CRC error). 2325 c609719bSwdenk 2326 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT 2327 c609719bSwdenk 2328 c609719bSwdenk Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert 2329 c609719bSwdenk after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II 2330 c609719bSwdenk FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 2331 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler ms. 2332 c609719bSwdenk 2333 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY 2334 c609719bSwdenk 2335 c609719bSwdenk Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during 2336 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. 2337 c609719bSwdenk 2338 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG 2339 c609719bSwdenk 2340 c609719bSwdenk Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is 2341 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler 200 ms. 2342 c609719bSwdenk 2343 c609719bSwdenk- Configuration Management: 2344 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_IDENT_STRING 2345 c609719bSwdenk 2346 c609719bSwdenk If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot 2347 c609719bSwdenk version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) 2348 c609719bSwdenk 2349 c609719bSwdenk- Vendor Parameter Protection: 2350 c609719bSwdenk 2351 c609719bSwdenk U-Boot considers the values of the environment 2352 c609719bSwdenk variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and 2353 7152b1d0Swdenk "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that 2354 c609719bSwdenk are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and 2355 c609719bSwdenk protects these variables from casual modification by 2356 c609719bSwdenk the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, 2357 c609719bSwdenk and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can 2358 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler change this behaviour: 2359 c609719bSwdenk 2360 c609719bSwdenk If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config 2361 c609719bSwdenk file, the write protection for vendor parameters is 2362 47cd00faSwdenk completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete 2363 c609719bSwdenk these parameters. 2364 c609719bSwdenk 2365 c609719bSwdenk Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR 2366 c609719bSwdenk _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default 2367 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Ethernet address is installed in the environment, 2368 c609719bSwdenk which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The 2369 c609719bSwdenk serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains 2370 c609719bSwdenk read-only.] 2371 c609719bSwdenk 2372 2598090bSJoe Hershberger The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way 2373 2598090bSJoe Hershberger for any variable by configuring the type of access 2374 2598090bSJoe Hershberger to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable 2375 2598090bSJoe Hershberger or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. 2376 2598090bSJoe Hershberger 2377 c609719bSwdenk- Protected RAM: 2378 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_PRAM 2379 c609719bSwdenk 2380 c609719bSwdenk Define this variable to enable the reservation of 2381 c609719bSwdenk "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten 2382 c609719bSwdenk by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of 2383 c609719bSwdenk kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite 2384 c609719bSwdenk this default value by defining an environment 2385 c609719bSwdenk variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to 2386 c609719bSwdenk reserve. Note that the board info structure will 2387 c609719bSwdenk still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is 2388 c609719bSwdenk reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will 2389 c609719bSwdenk automatically be defined to hold the amount of 2390 c609719bSwdenk remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot 2391 c609719bSwdenk argument to Linux, for instance like that: 2392 c609719bSwdenk 2393 fe126d8bSWolfgang Denk setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} 2394 c609719bSwdenk saveenv 2395 c609719bSwdenk 2396 c609719bSwdenk This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, 2397 c609719bSwdenk either, which results in a memory region that will 2398 c609719bSwdenk not be affected by reboots. 2399 c609719bSwdenk 2400 c609719bSwdenk *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic 2401 c609719bSwdenk detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that 2402 c609719bSwdenk this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the 2403 c609719bSwdenk following board configurations are known to be 2404 c609719bSwdenk "pRAM-clean": 2405 c609719bSwdenk 2406 1b0757ecSWolfgang Denk IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, 2407 1b0757ecSWolfgang Denk HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, 2408 544d97e9SWolfgang Denk FLAGADM, TQM8260 2409 c609719bSwdenk 2410 40fef049SGabe Black- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) 2411 40fef049SGabe Black Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not 2412 40fef049SGabe Black normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures 2413 40fef049SGabe Black support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit 2414 40fef049SGabe Black machines using physical address extension or similar. 2415 40fef049SGabe Black Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which 2416 40fef049SGabe Black currently only supports clearing the memory. 2417 40fef049SGabe Black 2418 c609719bSwdenk- Error Recovery: 2419 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_PANIC_HANG 2420 c609719bSwdenk 2421 c609719bSwdenk Define this variable to stop the system in case of a 2422 c609719bSwdenk fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. 2423 c609719bSwdenk This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded 2424 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler system where you want the system to reboot 2425 c609719bSwdenk automatically as fast as possible, but it may be 2426 c609719bSwdenk useful during development since you can try to debug 2427 c609719bSwdenk the conditions that lead to the situation. 2428 c609719bSwdenk 2429 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT 2430 c609719bSwdenk 2431 c609719bSwdenk This variable defines the number of retries for 2432 c609719bSwdenk network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP 2433 c609719bSwdenk before giving up the operation. If not defined, a 2434 c609719bSwdenk default value of 5 is used. 2435 c609719bSwdenk 2436 40cb90eeSGuennadi Liakhovetski CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT 2437 40cb90eeSGuennadi Liakhovetski 2438 40cb90eeSGuennadi Liakhovetski Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. 2439 40cb90eeSGuennadi Liakhovetski 2440 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 2441 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi 2442 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. 2443 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, 2444 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi try longer timeout such as 2445 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL 2446 48a3e999STetsuyuki Kobayashi 2447 c609719bSwdenk- Command Interpreter: 2448 8078f1a5SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE 2449 04a85b3bSwdenk 2450 04a85b3bSwdenk Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. 2451 04a85b3bSwdenk 2452 8078f1a5SWolfgang Denk Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet 2453 8078f1a5SWolfgang Denk for the "hush" shell. 2454 8078f1a5SWolfgang Denk 2455 8078f1a5SWolfgang Denk 2456 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER 2457 c609719bSwdenk 2458 c609719bSwdenk Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from 2459 c609719bSwdenk Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling 2460 c609719bSwdenk powerful command line syntax like 2461 c609719bSwdenk if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' 2462 c609719bSwdenk constructs ("shell scripts"). 2463 c609719bSwdenk 2464 c609719bSwdenk If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour 2465 c609719bSwdenk with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. 2466 c609719bSwdenk 2467 c609719bSwdenk 2468 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 2469 c609719bSwdenk 2470 c609719bSwdenk This defines the secondary prompt string, which is 2471 c609719bSwdenk printed when the command interpreter needs more input 2472 c609719bSwdenk to complete a command. Usually "> ". 2473 c609719bSwdenk 2474 c609719bSwdenk Note: 2475 c609719bSwdenk 2476 c609719bSwdenk In the current implementation, the local variables 2477 c609719bSwdenk space and global environment variables space are 2478 c609719bSwdenk separated. Local variables are those you define by 2479 3b57fe0aSwdenk simply typing `name=value'. To access a local 2480 c609719bSwdenk variable later on, you have write `$name' or 2481 3b57fe0aSwdenk `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable 2482 3b57fe0aSwdenk directly type `$name' at the command prompt. 2483 c609719bSwdenk 2484 c609719bSwdenk Global environment variables are those you use 2485 c609719bSwdenk setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored 2486 c609719bSwdenk in such a variable, you need to use the run command, 2487 c609719bSwdenk and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. 2488 c609719bSwdenk 2489 c609719bSwdenk To store commands and special characters in a 2490 c609719bSwdenk variable, please use double quotation marks 2491 c609719bSwdenk surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead 2492 c609719bSwdenk of the backslashes before semicolons and special 2493 c609719bSwdenk symbols. 2494 c609719bSwdenk 2495 aa0c71acSWolfgang Denk- Commandline Editing and History: 2496 aa0c71acSWolfgang Denk CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING 2497 aa0c71acSWolfgang Denk 2498 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Enable editing and History functions for interactive 2499 aa0c71acSWolfgang Denk commandline input operations 2500 aa0c71acSWolfgang Denk 2501 a8c7c708Swdenk- Default Environment: 2502 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS 2503 c609719bSwdenk 2504 c609719bSwdenk Define this to contain any number of null terminated 2505 c609719bSwdenk strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of 2506 7152b1d0Swdenk the default environment compiled into the boot image. 2507 2262cfeeSwdenk 2508 c609719bSwdenk For example, place something like this in your 2509 c609719bSwdenk board's config file: 2510 c609719bSwdenk 2511 c609719bSwdenk #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ 2512 c609719bSwdenk "myvar1=value1\0" \ 2513 c609719bSwdenk "myvar2=value2\0" 2514 c609719bSwdenk 2515 c609719bSwdenk Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the 2516 c609719bSwdenk internal format how the environment is stored by the 2517 2262cfeeSwdenk U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported 2518 c609719bSwdenk interface! Although it is unlikely that this format 2519 7152b1d0Swdenk will change soon, there is no guarantee either. 2520 c609719bSwdenk You better know what you are doing here. 2521 c609719bSwdenk 2522 c609719bSwdenk Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is 2523 c609719bSwdenk discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset 2524 74de7aefSWolfgang Denk the environment like the "source" command or the 2525 c609719bSwdenk boot command first. 2526 c609719bSwdenk 2527 5e724ca2SStephen Warren CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG 2528 5e724ca2SStephen Warren 2529 5e724ca2SStephen Warren Define this in order to add variables describing the 2530 5e724ca2SStephen Warren U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. 2531 5e724ca2SStephen Warren These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. 2532 5e724ca2SStephen Warren 2533 5e724ca2SStephen Warren Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: 2534 5e724ca2SStephen Warren 2535 5e724ca2SStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH 2536 5e724ca2SStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_CPU 2537 5e724ca2SStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD 2538 5e724ca2SStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR 2539 5e724ca2SStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_SOC 2540 5e724ca2SStephen Warren 2541 7e27f89fSTom Rini CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG 2542 7e27f89fSTom Rini 2543 7e27f89fSTom Rini Define this in order to add variables describing certain 2544 7e27f89fSTom Rini run-time determined information about the hardware to the 2545 7e27f89fSTom Rini environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. 2546 7e27f89fSTom Rini 2547 06fd8538SSimon Glass CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT 2548 06fd8538SSimon Glass 2549 06fd8538SSimon Glass Normally the environment is loaded when the board is 2550 06fd8538SSimon Glass intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits 2551 06fd8538SSimon Glass that so that the environment is not available until 2552 06fd8538SSimon Glass explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 2553 06fd8538SSimon Glass this is instead controlled by the value of 2554 06fd8538SSimon Glass /config/load-environment. 2555 06fd8538SSimon Glass 2556 a8c7c708Swdenk- DataFlash Support: 2557 2abbe075Swdenk CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH 2558 2abbe075Swdenk 2559 2abbe075Swdenk Defining this option enables DataFlash features and 2560 2abbe075Swdenk allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard 2561 2abbe075Swdenk commands cp, md... 2562 2abbe075Swdenk 2563 f61ec45eSEric Nelson- Serial Flash support 2564 f61ec45eSEric Nelson CONFIG_CMD_SF 2565 f61ec45eSEric Nelson 2566 f61ec45eSEric Nelson Defining this option enables SPI flash commands 2567 f61ec45eSEric Nelson 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. 2568 f61ec45eSEric Nelson 2569 f61ec45eSEric Nelson Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial 2570 f61ec45eSEric Nelson flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update 2571 f61ec45eSEric Nelson commands. 2572 f61ec45eSEric Nelson 2573 f61ec45eSEric Nelson The following defaults may be provided by the platform 2574 f61ec45eSEric Nelson to handle the common case when only a single serial 2575 f61ec45eSEric Nelson flash is present on the system. 2576 f61ec45eSEric Nelson 2577 f61ec45eSEric Nelson CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier 2578 f61ec45eSEric Nelson CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select 2579 f61ec45eSEric Nelson CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) 2580 f61ec45eSEric Nelson CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz 2581 f61ec45eSEric Nelson 2582 24007273SSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST 2583 24007273SSimon Glass 2584 24007273SSimon Glass Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash 2585 24007273SSimon Glass test ('sf test'). 2586 24007273SSimon Glass 2587 1dcd6d03SJagannadha Sutradharudu Teki CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg 2588 1dcd6d03SJagannadha Sutradharudu Teki 2589 1dcd6d03SJagannadha Sutradharudu Teki Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr 2590 1dcd6d03SJagannadha Sutradharudu Teki support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes. 2591 1dcd6d03SJagannadha Sutradharudu Teki 2592 3f85ce27Swdenk- SystemACE Support: 2593 3f85ce27Swdenk CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2594 3f85ce27Swdenk 2595 3f85ce27Swdenk Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE 2596 3f85ce27Swdenk chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address 2597 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler of the chip must also be defined in the 2598 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: 2599 3f85ce27Swdenk 2600 3f85ce27Swdenk #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2601 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 2602 3f85ce27Swdenk 2603 3f85ce27Swdenk When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type 2604 3f85ce27Swdenk becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. 2605 3f85ce27Swdenk 2606 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk- TFTP Fixed UDP Port: 2607 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk CONFIG_TFTP_PORT 2608 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk 2609 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp 2610 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. 2611 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port 2612 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk number generator is used. 2613 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk 2614 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply 2615 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't 2616 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk defined, the normal port 69 is used. 2617 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk 2618 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to 2619 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured 2620 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of 2621 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing 2622 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. 2623 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, 2624 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk but sometimes that is not allowed. 2625 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk 2626 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass- Hashing support: 2627 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_HASH 2628 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass 2629 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce 2630 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). 2631 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass 2632 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY 2633 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass 2634 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code 2635 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass size a little. 2636 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass 2637 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing 2638 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing 2639 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass 2640 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps 2641 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. 2642 bf36c5d5SSimon Glass 2643 19c402afSSimon Glass- Signing support: 2644 19c402afSSimon Glass CONFIG_RSA 2645 19c402afSSimon Glass 2646 19c402afSSimon Glass This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification 2647 19c402afSSimon Glass in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information. 2648 19c402afSSimon Glass 2649 19c402afSSimon Glass The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this 2650 19c402afSSimon Glass option. 2651 19c402afSSimon Glass 2652 19c402afSSimon Glass 2653 a8c7c708Swdenk- Show boot progress: 2654 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS 2655 c609719bSwdenk 2656 c609719bSwdenk Defining this option allows to add some board- 2657 c609719bSwdenk specific code (calling a user-provided function 2658 c609719bSwdenk "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show 2659 c609719bSwdenk the system's boot progress on some display (for 2660 c609719bSwdenk example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, 2661 c609719bSwdenk the following checkpoints are implemented: 2662 c609719bSwdenk 2663 3a608ca0SSimon Glass- Detailed boot stage timing 2664 3a608ca0SSimon Glass CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE 2665 3a608ca0SSimon Glass Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage 2666 3a608ca0SSimon Glass of the boot process. 2667 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 2668 3a608ca0SSimon Glass CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT 2669 3a608ca0SSimon Glass This is the number of available user bootstage records. 2670 3a608ca0SSimon Glass Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) 2671 3a608ca0SSimon Glass a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed 2672 3a608ca0SSimon Glass the limit, recording will stop. 2673 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 2674 3a608ca0SSimon Glass CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT 2675 3a608ca0SSimon Glass Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: 2676 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 2677 3a608ca0SSimon Glass Timer summary in microseconds: 2678 3a608ca0SSimon Glass Mark Elapsed Stage 2679 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 0 0 reset 2680 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start 2681 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9 2682 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done 2683 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start 2684 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop 2685 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start 2686 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel 2687 3a608ca0SSimon Glass 2688 2eba38cfSSimon Glass CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE 2689 2eba38cfSSimon Glass Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report 2690 2eba38cfSSimon Glass and un/stashing of bootstage data. 2691 2eba38cfSSimon Glass 2692 94fd1316SSimon Glass CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT 2693 94fd1316SSimon Glass Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' 2694 94fd1316SSimon Glass node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child 2695 94fd1316SSimon Glass has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the 2696 94fd1316SSimon Glass mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the 2697 94fd1316SSimon Glass accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. 2698 94fd1316SSimon Glass For example: 2699 94fd1316SSimon Glass 2700 94fd1316SSimon Glass bootstage { 2701 94fd1316SSimon Glass 154 { 2702 94fd1316SSimon Glass name = "board_init_f"; 2703 94fd1316SSimon Glass mark = <3575678>; 2704 94fd1316SSimon Glass }; 2705 94fd1316SSimon Glass 170 { 2706 94fd1316SSimon Glass name = "lcd"; 2707 94fd1316SSimon Glass accum = <33482>; 2708 94fd1316SSimon Glass }; 2709 94fd1316SSimon Glass }; 2710 94fd1316SSimon Glass 2711 94fd1316SSimon Glass Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. 2712 94fd1316SSimon Glass 2713 1372cce2SMarian BalakowiczLegacy uImage format: 2714 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2715 c609719bSwdenk Arg Where When 2716 c609719bSwdenk 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image 2717 c609719bSwdenk -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number 2718 c609719bSwdenk 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number 2719 c609719bSwdenk -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum 2720 c609719bSwdenk 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum 2721 c609719bSwdenk -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum 2722 c609719bSwdenk 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum 2723 c609719bSwdenk -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture 2724 c609719bSwdenk 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 2725 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) 2726 c609719bSwdenk 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK 2727 c609719bSwdenk -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error 2728 c609719bSwdenk -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type 2729 c609719bSwdenk 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK 2730 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error 2731 c609719bSwdenk -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) 2732 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2733 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 2734 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number 2735 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum 2736 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK 2737 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum 2738 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum 2739 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading 2740 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) 2741 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification 2742 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. 2743 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2744 ea0364f1SPeter Tyser 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS 2745 c609719bSwdenk 2746 a47a12beSStefan Roese -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system 2747 63e73c9aSwdenk -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() 2748 63e73c9aSwdenk -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() 2749 63e73c9aSwdenk 2750 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device 2751 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command 2752 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command 2753 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device 2754 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device 2755 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 2756 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available 2757 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device 2758 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK 2759 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number 2760 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2761 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device 2762 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2763 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device 2764 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command 2765 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command 2766 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device 2767 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found 2768 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available 2769 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available 2770 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected 2771 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected 2772 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table 2773 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found 2774 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type 2775 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type 2776 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 2777 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK 2778 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number 2779 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number 2780 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum 2781 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum 2782 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device 2783 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK 2784 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device 2785 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command 2786 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command 2787 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device 2788 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found 2789 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 2790 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available 2791 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 2792 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK 2793 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number 2794 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number 2795 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device 2796 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK 2797 c609719bSwdenk 2798 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default 2799 c609719bSwdenk 2800 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. 2801 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. 2802 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. 2803 206c60cbSwdenk 2804 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong 2805 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() 2806 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred 2807 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error 2808 566a494fSHeiko Schocher -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) 2809 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot 2810 74de7aefSWolfgang Denk 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command 2811 74de7aefSWolfgang Denk -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command 2812 566a494fSHeiko Schocher 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors 2813 c609719bSwdenk 2814 1372cce2SMarian BalakowiczFIT uImage format: 2815 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2816 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz Arg Where When 2817 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format 2818 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format 2819 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration 2820 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage 2821 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified 2822 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset 2823 f773bea8SMarian Balakowicz 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node 2824 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset 2825 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed 2826 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK 2827 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture 2828 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 2829 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type 2830 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK 2831 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size 2832 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size 2833 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) 2834 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type 2835 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp 2836 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os 2837 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address 2838 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error 2839 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2840 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 2841 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format 2842 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format 2843 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration 2844 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage 2845 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified 2846 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset 2847 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset 2848 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed 2849 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK 2850 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture 2851 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK 2852 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size 2853 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size 2854 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address 2855 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address 2856 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2857 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format 2858 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK 2859 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2860 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format 2861 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK 2862 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2863 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format 2864 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK 2865 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 2866 d95f6ec7SGabe Black- FIT image support: 2867 d95f6ec7SGabe Black CONFIG_FIT 2868 d95f6ec7SGabe Black Enable support for the FIT uImage format. 2869 d95f6ec7SGabe Black 2870 d95f6ec7SGabe Black CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH 2871 d95f6ec7SGabe Black When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the 2872 d95f6ec7SGabe Black one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of 2873 d95f6ec7SGabe Black U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the 2874 d95f6ec7SGabe Black most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. 2875 d95f6ec7SGabe Black The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. 2876 d95f6ec7SGabe Black 2877 3e569a6bSSimon Glass CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE 2878 3e569a6bSSimon Glass This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, 2879 3e569a6bSSimon Glass using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See 2880 3e569a6bSSimon Glass doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. 2881 3e569a6bSSimon Glass 2882 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk- Standalone program support: 2883 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR 2884 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk 2885 6feff899SWolfgang Denk This option defines a board specific value for the 2886 6feff899SWolfgang Denk address where standalone program gets loaded, thus 2887 6feff899SWolfgang Denk overwriting the architecture dependent default 2888 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk settings. 2889 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk 2890 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk- Frame Buffer Address: 2891 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk CONFIG_FB_ADDR 2892 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk 2893 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific 2894 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk address for frame buffer. This is typically the case 2895 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk when using a graphics controller has separate video 2896 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at 2897 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk the given address instead of dynamically reserving it 2898 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs 2899 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk the memory for the frame buffer depending on the 2900 44a53b57SWolfgang Denk configured panel size. 2901 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk 2902 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk Please see board_init_f function. 2903 4cf2609bSWolfgang Denk 2904 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel- Automatic software updates via TFTP server 2905 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP 2906 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX 2907 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX 2908 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel 2909 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel These options enable and control the auto-update feature; 2910 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. 2911 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel 2912 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) 2913 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE 2914 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel 2915 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. 2916 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel Needed for mtdparts command support. 2917 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel 2918 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS 2919 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel 2920 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux 2921 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel kernel. Needed for UBI support. 2922 cccfc2abSDetlev Zundel 2923 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger- UBI support 2924 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_UBI 2925 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger 2926 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted 2927 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger with the UBI flash translation layer 2928 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger 2929 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE 2930 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger 2931 147162daSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 2932 147162daSJoe Hershberger 2933 147162daSJoe Hershberger Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves 2934 147162daSJoe Hershberger warnings and errors enabled. 2935 147162daSJoe Hershberger 2936 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger- UBIFS support 2937 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS 2938 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger 2939 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as 2940 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. 2941 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger 2942 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO 2943 70c219cdSJoe Hershberger 2944 147162daSJoe Hershberger CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 2945 147162daSJoe Hershberger 2946 147162daSJoe Hershberger Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves 2947 147162daSJoe Hershberger warnings and errors enabled. 2948 147162daSJoe Hershberger 2949 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck- SPL framework 2950 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL 2951 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Enable building of SPL globally. 2952 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 2953 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT 2954 95579793STom Rini LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. 2955 95579793STom Rini 2956 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT 2957 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. 2958 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory 2959 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 2960 8960af8bSAlbert ARIBAUD CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 2961 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD must not be both defined at the same time. 2962 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD 2963 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE 2964 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and 2965 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD linker lists sections), BSS excluded. 2966 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does 2967 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD not exceed it. 2968 95579793STom Rini 2969 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE 2970 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. 2971 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 2972 94a45bb1SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE 2973 94a45bb1SScott Wood Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to 2974 94a45bb1SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). 2975 94a45bb1SScott Wood 2976 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR 2977 95579793STom Rini Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. 2978 95579793STom Rini 2979 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 2980 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. 2981 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used 2982 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 2983 8960af8bSAlbert ARIBAUD CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 2984 6ebc3461SAlbert ARIBAUD must not be both defined at the same time. 2985 95579793STom Rini 2986 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_STACK 2987 95579793STom Rini Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use 2988 95579793STom Rini 2989 94a45bb1SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK 2990 94a45bb1SScott Wood Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after 2991 94a45bb1SScott Wood relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to 2992 94a45bb1SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_STACK. 2993 94a45bb1SScott Wood 2994 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START 2995 95579793STom Rini Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. 2996 95579793STom Rini 2997 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE 2998 95579793STom Rini The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. 2999 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 3000 47f7bcaeSTom Rini CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK 3001 47f7bcaeSTom Rini Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework 3002 47f7bcaeSTom Rini supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND 3003 47f7bcaeSTom Rini NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. 3004 47f7bcaeSTom Rini 3005 861a86f4STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT 3006 861a86f4STom Rini For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information 3007 861a86f4STom Rini about the running system. 3008 861a86f4STom Rini 3009 4b919725SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL 3010 4b919725SScott Wood Arch init code should be built for a very small image 3011 4b919725SScott Wood 3012 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT 3013 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary 3014 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 3015 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT 3016 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary 3017 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 3018 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT 3019 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary 3020 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 3021 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT 3022 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary 3023 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 3024 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT 3025 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary 3026 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 3027 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, 3028 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, 3029 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION 3030 95579793STom Rini Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from 3031 95579793STom Rini when the MMC is being used in raw mode. 3032 95579793STom Rini 3033 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR 3034 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being 3035 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) 3036 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard 3037 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, 3038 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS 3039 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument 3040 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode 3041 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard (for falcon mode) 3042 2b75b0adSPeter Korsgaard 3043 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT 3044 95579793STom Rini Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary 3045 95579793STom Rini 3046 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME 3047 95579793STom Rini Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT 3048 95579793STom Rini 3049 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME 3050 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading 3051 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard from FAT (for Falcon mode) 3052 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard 3053 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME 3054 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters 3055 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode) 3056 7ad2cc79SPeter Korsgaard 3057 06f60ae3SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND 3058 06f60ae3SScott Wood Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that 3059 06f60ae3SScott Wood start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before 3060 06f60ae3SScott Wood continuing (the hardware starts execution after just 3061 06f60ae3SScott Wood loading the first page rather than the full 4K). 3062 06f60ae3SScott Wood 3063 6f2f01b9SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE 3064 6f2f01b9SScott Wood Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires 3065 6f2f01b9SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. 3066 6f2f01b9SScott Wood 3067 6f2f01b9SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS 3068 6f2f01b9SScott Wood SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. 3069 6f2f01b9SScott Wood 3070 6f2f01b9SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC 3071 6f2f01b9SScott Wood Include standard software ECC in the SPL 3072 6f2f01b9SScott Wood 3073 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE 3074 7d4b7955SScott Wood Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that 3075 7d4b7955SScott Wood expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. 3076 95579793STom Rini 3077 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, 3078 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, 3079 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, 3080 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, 3081 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES 3082 95579793STom Rini Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses 3083 7d4b7955SScott Wood to read U-Boot 3084 95579793STom Rini 3085 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS 3086 7d4b7955SScott Wood Location in NAND to read U-Boot from 3087 7d4b7955SScott Wood 3088 7d4b7955SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST 3089 7d4b7955SScott Wood Location in memory to load U-Boot to 3090 7d4b7955SScott Wood 3091 7d4b7955SScott Wood CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE 3092 7d4b7955SScott Wood Size of image to load 3093 95579793STom Rini 3094 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START 3095 7d4b7955SScott Wood Entry point in loaded image to jump to 3096 95579793STom Rini 3097 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST 3098 95579793STom Rini Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the 3099 95579793STom Rini data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms. 3100 95579793STom Rini 3101 95579793STom Rini CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND 3102 95579793STom Rini Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the 3103 95579793STom Rini ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. 3104 95579793STom Rini 3105 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT 3106 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary 3107 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 3108 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT 3109 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary 3110 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 3111 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT 3112 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary 3113 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck 3114 c57b953dSPavel Machek CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE 3115 c57b953dSPavel Machek Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary 3116 c57b953dSPavel Machek 3117 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT 3118 6a11cf48SDaniel Schwierzeck Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary 3119 1372cce2SMarian Balakowicz 3120 ba1bee43SYing Zhang CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT 3121 ba1bee43SYing Zhang Support for the environment operating in SPL binary 3122 ba1bee43SYing Zhang 3123 ba1bee43SYing Zhang CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT 3124 ba1bee43SYing Zhang Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. 3125 ba1bee43SYing Zhang It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by 3126 ba1bee43SYing Zhang CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE 3127 ba1bee43SYing Zhang 3128 74752baaSScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO 3129 6113d3f2SBenoît Thébaudeau Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending 3130 6113d3f2SBenoît Thébaudeau the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3131 6113d3f2SBenoît Thébaudeau CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3132 6113d3f2SBenoît Thébaudeau CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3133 6113d3f2SBenoît Thébaudeau payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3134 74752baaSScott Wood 3135 ca2fca22SScott Wood CONFIG_SPL_TARGET 3136 ca2fca22SScott Wood Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs 3137 ca2fca22SScott Wood use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for 3138 ca2fca22SScott Wood example if more than one image needs to be produced. 3139 ca2fca22SScott Wood 3140 87ebee39SSimon Glass CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT 3141 87ebee39SSimon Glass Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of 3142 87ebee39SSimon Glass code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this 3143 87ebee39SSimon Glass option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the 3144 87ebee39SSimon Glass bootm command when booting a FIT image. 3145 87ebee39SSimon Glass 3146 c609719bSwdenkModem Support: 3147 c609719bSwdenk-------------- 3148 c609719bSwdenk 3149 566e5cf4SWolfgang Denk[so far only for SMDK2400 boards] 3150 c609719bSwdenk 3151 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler- Modem support enable: 3152 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT 3153 c609719bSwdenk 3154 c609719bSwdenk- RTS/CTS Flow control enable: 3155 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_HWFLOW 3156 c609719bSwdenk 3157 c609719bSwdenk- Modem debug support: 3158 c609719bSwdenk CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG 3159 c609719bSwdenk 3160 c609719bSwdenk Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) 3161 c609719bSwdenk for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. 3162 c609719bSwdenk 3163 a8c7c708Swdenk- Interrupt support (PPC): 3164 a8c7c708Swdenk 3165 a8c7c708Swdenk There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() 3166 a8c7c708Swdenk for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() 3167 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() 3168 a8c7c708Swdenk should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If 3169 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt 3170 a8c7c708Swdenk (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. 3171 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU 3172 a8c7c708Swdenk specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led 3173 a8c7c708Swdenk / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from 3174 a8c7c708Swdenk general timer_interrupt(). 3175 a8c7c708Swdenk 3176 c609719bSwdenk- General: 3177 c609719bSwdenk 3178 c609719bSwdenk In the target system modem support is enabled when a 3179 c609719bSwdenk specific key (key combination) is pressed during 3180 c609719bSwdenk power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally 3181 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from 3182 c609719bSwdenk board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy 3183 c609719bSwdenk function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem 3184 c609719bSwdenk initialization. 3185 c609719bSwdenk 3186 c609719bSwdenk If there are no modem init strings in the 3187 c609719bSwdenk environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the 3188 c609719bSwdenk previous output (banner, info printfs) will be 3189 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler suppressed, though. 3190 c609719bSwdenk 3191 c609719bSwdenk See also: doc/README.Modem 3192 c609719bSwdenk 3193 9660e442SHelmut RaigerBoard initialization settings: 3194 9660e442SHelmut Raiger------------------------------ 3195 9660e442SHelmut Raiger 3196 9660e442SHelmut RaigerDuring Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions 3197 9660e442SHelmut Raigerto allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup 3198 9660e442SHelmut Raigerbefore drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the 3199 9660e442SHelmut Raigerfollowing configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is 3200 9660e442SHelmut Raigerarchitecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c 3201 9660e442SHelmut Raigertypically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). 3202 9660e442SHelmut Raiger 3203 9660e442SHelmut Raiger- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() 3204 9660e442SHelmut Raiger- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() 3205 9660e442SHelmut Raiger- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() 3206 9660e442SHelmut Raiger- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() 3207 c609719bSwdenk 3208 c609719bSwdenkConfiguration Settings: 3209 c609719bSwdenk----------------------- 3210 c609719bSwdenk 3211 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; 3212 c609719bSwdenk undefine this when you're short of memory. 3213 c609719bSwdenk 3214 2fb2604dSPeter Tyser- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default 3215 2fb2604dSPeter Tyser width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. 3216 2fb2604dSPeter Tyser 3217 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to 3218 c609719bSwdenk prompt for user input. 3219 c609719bSwdenk 3220 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console 3221 c609719bSwdenk 3222 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output 3223 c609719bSwdenk 3224 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands 3225 c609719bSwdenk 3226 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to 3227 c609719bSwdenk the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is 3228 c609719bSwdenk booted 3229 c609719bSwdenk 3230 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: 3231 c609719bSwdenk List of legal baudrate settings for this board. 3232 c609719bSwdenk 3233 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET 3234 c609719bSwdenk Suppress display of console information at boot. 3235 c609719bSwdenk 3236 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 3237 c609719bSwdenk If the board specific function 3238 c609719bSwdenk extern int overwrite_console (void); 3239 c609719bSwdenk returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the 3240 c609719bSwdenk serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. 3241 c609719bSwdenk 3242 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE 3243 c609719bSwdenk Enable the call to overwrite_console(). 3244 c609719bSwdenk 3245 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE 3246 c609719bSwdenk Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. 3247 c609719bSwdenk 3248 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: 3249 c609719bSwdenk Begin and End addresses of the area used by the 3250 c609719bSwdenk simple memory test. 3251 c609719bSwdenk 3252 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: 3253 c609719bSwdenk Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. 3254 c609719bSwdenk 3255 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: 3256 5f535fe1Swdenk Scratch address used by the alternate memory test 3257 5f535fe1Swdenk You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable 3258 5f535fe1Swdenk 3259 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): 3260 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, 3261 14f73ca6SStefan Roese this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top 3262 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By 3263 14f73ca6SStefan Roese fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed 3264 14f73ca6SStefan Roese the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. 3265 14f73ca6SStefan Roese This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux 3266 5e12e75dSStefan Roese board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that 3267 14f73ca6SStefan Roese recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup 3268 5e12e75dSStefan Roese will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. 3269 14f73ca6SStefan Roese 3270 14f73ca6SStefan Roese This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx 3271 14f73ca6SStefan Roese CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't 3272 14f73ca6SStefan Roese be touched. 3273 14f73ca6SStefan Roese 3274 14f73ca6SStefan Roese WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of 3275 14f73ca6SStefan Roese the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, 3276 14f73ca6SStefan Roese then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a 3277 14f73ca6SStefan Roese non page size aligned address and this could cause major 3278 14f73ca6SStefan Roese problems. 3279 14f73ca6SStefan Roese 3280 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: 3281 c609719bSwdenk Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download 3282 c609719bSwdenk 3283 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: 3284 c609719bSwdenk Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. 3285 c609719bSwdenk 3286 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: 3287 c609719bSwdenk Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a 3288 c609719bSwdenk Cogent motherboard) 3289 c609719bSwdenk 3290 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: 3291 c609719bSwdenk Physical start address of Flash memory. 3292 c609719bSwdenk 3293 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: 3294 c609719bSwdenk Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by 3295 c609719bSwdenk make config files to be same as the text base address 3296 14d0a02aSWolfgang Denk (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as 3297 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. 3298 c609719bSwdenk 3299 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: 3300 3b57fe0aSwdenk Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to 3301 3b57fe0aSwdenk determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is 3302 3b57fe0aSwdenk embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate 3303 3b57fe0aSwdenk flash sector. 3304 c609719bSwdenk 3305 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: 3306 c609719bSwdenk Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. 3307 c609719bSwdenk 3308 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: 3309 15940c9aSStefan Roese Normally compressed uImages are limited to an 3310 15940c9aSStefan Roese uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, 3311 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file 3312 15940c9aSStefan Roese to adjust this setting to your needs. 3313 c609719bSwdenk 3314 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: 3315 c609719bSwdenk Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of 3316 c609719bSwdenk the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by 3317 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if 3318 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" 3319 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case 3320 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" 3321 c3624e6eSGrant Likely and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment 3322 c3624e6eSGrant Likely variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of 3323 c3624e6eSGrant Likely CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, 3324 c3624e6eSGrant Likely then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. 3325 c609719bSwdenk 3326 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: 3327 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the 3328 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand 3329 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby is enabled. 3330 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby 3331 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: 3332 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between 3333 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3334 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby 3335 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: 3336 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in 3337 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3338 fca43cc8SJohn Rigby 3339 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: 3340 c609719bSwdenk Max number of Flash memory banks 3341 c609719bSwdenk 3342 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: 3343 c609719bSwdenk Max number of sectors on a Flash chip 3344 c609719bSwdenk 3345 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: 3346 c609719bSwdenk Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) 3347 c609719bSwdenk 3348 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: 3349 c609719bSwdenk Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) 3350 c609719bSwdenk 3351 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT 3352 8564acf9Swdenk Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) 3353 8564acf9Swdenk 3354 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT 3355 8564acf9Swdenk Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) 3356 8564acf9Swdenk 3357 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION 3358 8564acf9Swdenk If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used 3359 8564acf9Swdenk instead of U-Boot software protection. 3360 8564acf9Swdenk 3361 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: 3362 c609719bSwdenk 3363 c609719bSwdenk Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; 3364 c609719bSwdenk without this option such a download has to be 3365 c609719bSwdenk performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) 3366 c609719bSwdenk copy from RAM to flash. 3367 c609719bSwdenk 3368 c609719bSwdenk The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since 3369 c609719bSwdenk you can check if the download worked before you erase 3370 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is 3371 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the 3372 c609719bSwdenk downloaded image) this option may be very useful. 3373 c609719bSwdenk 3374 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: 3375 c609719bSwdenk Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the 3376 5653fc33Swdenk common flash structure for storing flash geometry. 3377 5653fc33Swdenk 3378 00b1883aSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER 3379 5653fc33Swdenk This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver 3380 5653fc33Swdenk in the drivers directory 3381 53cf9435Sstroese 3382 91809ed5SPiotr Ziecik- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD 3383 91809ed5SPiotr Ziecik This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver 3384 91809ed5SPiotr Ziecik in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash 3385 91809ed5SPiotr Ziecik to the MTD layer. 3386 91809ed5SPiotr Ziecik 3387 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE 3388 96ef831fSGuennadi Liakhovetski Use buffered writes to flash. 3389 96ef831fSGuennadi Liakhovetski 3390 96ef831fSGuennadi Liakhovetski- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N 3391 96ef831fSGuennadi Liakhovetski s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered 3392 96ef831fSGuennadi Liakhovetski write commands. 3393 96ef831fSGuennadi Liakhovetski 3394 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST 3395 5568e613SStefan Roese If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't 3396 5568e613SStefan Roese print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This 3397 5568e613SStefan Roese is useful, if some of the configured banks are only 3398 5568e613SStefan Roese optionally available. 3399 5568e613SStefan Roese 3400 9a042e9cSJerry Van Baren- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS 3401 9a042e9cSJerry Van Baren If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown 3402 9a042e9cSJerry Van Baren digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 3403 9a042e9cSJerry Van Baren column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. 3404 9a042e9cSJerry Van Baren 3405 352ef3f1SStefan Roese- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY 3406 352ef3f1SStefan Roese If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared 3407 352ef3f1SStefan Roese against the source after the write operation. An error message 3408 352ef3f1SStefan Roese will be printed when the contents are not identical. 3409 352ef3f1SStefan Roese Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, 3410 352ef3f1SStefan Roese since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier 3411 352ef3f1SStefan Roese while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable 3412 352ef3f1SStefan Roese this option if you really know what you are doing. 3413 352ef3f1SStefan Roese 3414 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: 3415 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some 3416 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value 3417 53cf9435Sstroese to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all 3418 53cf9435Sstroese buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface 3419 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler on high Ethernet traffic. 3420 53cf9435Sstroese Defaults to 4 if not defined. 3421 c609719bSwdenk 3422 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES 3423 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk 3424 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used 3425 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk internally to store the environment settings. The default 3426 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most 3427 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see 3428 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk lib/hashtable.c for details. 3429 ea882bafSWolfgang Denk 3430 2598090bSJoe Hershberger- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3431 2598090bSJoe Hershberger- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3432 2598090bSJoe Hershberger Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when 3433 2598090bSJoe Hershberger calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, 3434 2598090bSJoe Hershberger hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, 3435 2598090bSJoe Hershberger the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. 3436 2598090bSJoe Hershberger 3437 2598090bSJoe Hershberger The format of the list is: 3438 2598090bSJoe Hershberger type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] 3439 267541f7SJoe Hershberger access_atribute = [a|r|o|c] 3440 267541f7SJoe Hershberger attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute] 3441 2598090bSJoe Hershberger entry = variable_name[:attributes] 3442 2598090bSJoe Hershberger list = entry[,list] 3443 2598090bSJoe Hershberger 3444 2598090bSJoe Hershberger The type attributes are: 3445 2598090bSJoe Hershberger s - String (default) 3446 2598090bSJoe Hershberger d - Decimal 3447 2598090bSJoe Hershberger x - Hexadecimal 3448 2598090bSJoe Hershberger b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) 3449 2598090bSJoe Hershberger i - IP address 3450 2598090bSJoe Hershberger m - MAC address 3451 2598090bSJoe Hershberger 3452 267541f7SJoe Hershberger The access attributes are: 3453 267541f7SJoe Hershberger a - Any (default) 3454 267541f7SJoe Hershberger r - Read-only 3455 267541f7SJoe Hershberger o - Write-once 3456 267541f7SJoe Hershberger c - Change-default 3457 267541f7SJoe Hershberger 3458 2598090bSJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3459 2598090bSJoe Hershberger Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" 3460 2598090bSJoe Hershberger envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. 3461 2598090bSJoe Hershberger 3462 2598090bSJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3463 2598090bSJoe Hershberger Define this to a list (string) to define validation that 3464 2598090bSJoe Hershberger should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" 3465 2598090bSJoe Hershberger environment variable. To override a setting in the static 3466 2598090bSJoe Hershberger list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the 3467 2598090bSJoe Hershberger ".flags" variable. 3468 2598090bSJoe Hershberger 3469 267541f7SJoe Hershberger- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE 3470 267541f7SJoe Hershberger If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable 3471 267541f7SJoe Hershberger access flags. 3472 267541f7SJoe Hershberger 3473 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD 3474 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the 3475 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards 3476 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the 3477 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and 3478 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture 3479 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in 3480 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on 3481 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass your board please report the problem and send patches! 3482 5c1a7ea6SSimon Glass 3483 632efa74SSimon Glass- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS 3484 632efa74SSimon Glass This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols 3485 632efa74SSimon Glass instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an 3486 632efa74SSimon Glass offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than 3487 632efa74SSimon Glass directly. You should not need to touch this setting. 3488 632efa74SSimon Glass 3489 0b1b60c7SLokesh Vutla- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) 3490 0b1b60c7SLokesh Vutla This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should 3491 0b1b60c7SLokesh Vutla be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how 3492 0b1b60c7SLokesh Vutla the value can be calulated on a given board. 3493 632efa74SSimon Glass 3494 c609719bSwdenkThe following definitions that deal with the placement and management 3495 c609719bSwdenkof environment data (variable area); in general, we support the 3496 c609719bSwdenkfollowing configurations: 3497 c609719bSwdenk 3498 c3eb3fe4SMike Frysinger- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: 3499 c3eb3fe4SMike Frysinger 3500 c3eb3fe4SMike Frysinger Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils 3501 c3eb3fe4SMike Frysinger may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. 3502 c3eb3fe4SMike Frysinger 3503 5a1aceb0SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: 3504 c609719bSwdenk 3505 c609719bSwdenk Define this if the environment is in flash memory. 3506 c609719bSwdenk 3507 c609719bSwdenk a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is 3508 c609719bSwdenk "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This 3509 c609719bSwdenk happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot 3510 c609719bSwdenk sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller 3511 c609719bSwdenk sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a 3512 c609719bSwdenk layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In 3513 c609719bSwdenk such a case you would place the environment in one of the 3514 c609719bSwdenk 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With 3515 c609719bSwdenk "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the 3516 c609719bSwdenk environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap 3517 c609719bSwdenk between U-Boot and the environment. 3518 c609719bSwdenk 3519 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3520 c609719bSwdenk 3521 c609719bSwdenk Offset of environment data (variable area) to the 3522 c609719bSwdenk beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot 3523 c609719bSwdenk type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset 3524 c609719bSwdenk for this sector is given here. 3525 c609719bSwdenk 3526 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. 3527 c609719bSwdenk 3528 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3529 c609719bSwdenk 3530 c609719bSwdenk This is just another way to specify the start address of 3531 c609719bSwdenk the flash sector containing the environment (instead of 3532 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). 3533 c609719bSwdenk 3534 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 3535 c609719bSwdenk 3536 c609719bSwdenk Size of the sector containing the environment. 3537 c609719bSwdenk 3538 c609719bSwdenk 3539 c609719bSwdenk b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. 3540 c609719bSwdenk In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for 3541 c609719bSwdenk the environment. 3542 c609719bSwdenk 3543 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3544 c609719bSwdenk 3545 5a1aceb0SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH 3546 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part 3547 c609719bSwdenk of this flash sector for the environment. This saves 3548 c609719bSwdenk memory for the RAM copy of the environment. 3549 c609719bSwdenk 3550 c609719bSwdenk It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this 3551 c609719bSwdenk when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, 3552 c609719bSwdenk since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used 3553 c609719bSwdenk for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is 3554 c609719bSwdenk STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: 3555 c609719bSwdenk updating the environment in flash makes it always 3556 c609719bSwdenk necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes 3557 c609719bSwdenk wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in 3558 c609719bSwdenk RAM, your target system will be dead. 3559 c609719bSwdenk 3560 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND 3561 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND 3562 c609719bSwdenk 3563 c609719bSwdenk These settings describe a second storage area used to hold 3564 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is 3565 3e38691eSwdenk a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during 3566 c609719bSwdenk a "saveenv" operation. 3567 c609719bSwdenk 3568 c609719bSwdenkBE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the 3569 c609719bSwdenksource code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* 3570 c609719bSwdenkaccordingly! 3571 c609719bSwdenk 3572 c609719bSwdenk 3573 9314cee6SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: 3574 c609719bSwdenk 3575 c609719bSwdenk Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device 3576 c609719bSwdenk (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the 3577 c609719bSwdenk environment. 3578 c609719bSwdenk 3579 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3580 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3581 c609719bSwdenk 3582 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you 3583 c609719bSwdenk want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory 3584 c609719bSwdenk can just be read and written to, without any special 3585 c609719bSwdenk provision. 3586 c609719bSwdenk 3587 c609719bSwdenkBE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early 3588 c609719bSwdenkin U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the 3589 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswilerconsole baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or 3590 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot will hang. 3591 c609719bSwdenk 3592 c609719bSwdenkPlease note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the 3593 c609719bSwdenkenvironment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to 3594 c609719bSwdenkkeep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" 3595 c609719bSwdenkto save the current settings. 3596 c609719bSwdenk 3597 c609719bSwdenk 3598 bb1f8b4fSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: 3599 c609719bSwdenk 3600 c609719bSwdenk Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access 3601 c609719bSwdenk device and a driver for it. 3602 c609719bSwdenk 3603 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3604 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3605 c609719bSwdenk 3606 c609719bSwdenk These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 3607 c609719bSwdenk environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. 3608 c609719bSwdenk 3609 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: 3610 c609719bSwdenk If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. 3611 c609719bSwdenk The default address is zero. 3612 c609719bSwdenk 3613 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: 3614 c609719bSwdenk If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a 3615 c609719bSwdenk single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example 3616 c609719bSwdenk would require six bits. 3617 c609719bSwdenk 3618 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: 3619 c609719bSwdenk If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between 3620 c609719bSwdenk page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. 3621 c609719bSwdenk 3622 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: 3623 c609719bSwdenk The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note 3624 c609719bSwdenk that this is NOT the chip address length! 3625 c609719bSwdenk 3626 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: 3627 5cf91d6bSwdenk EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones 3628 5cf91d6bSwdenk like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of 3629 5cf91d6bSwdenk address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit 3630 5cf91d6bSwdenk slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 3631 5cf91d6bSwdenk byte chips. 3632 5cf91d6bSwdenk 3633 5cf91d6bSwdenk Note that we consider the length of the address field to 3634 5cf91d6bSwdenk still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden 3635 5cf91d6bSwdenk in the chip address. 3636 5cf91d6bSwdenk 3637 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: 3638 c609719bSwdenk The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. 3639 c609719bSwdenk 3640 548738b4SHeiko Schocher - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C 3641 548738b4SHeiko Schocher define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your 3642 548738b4SHeiko Schocher EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. 3643 548738b4SHeiko Schocher 3644 548738b4SHeiko Schocher - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 3645 548738b4SHeiko Schocher if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over 3646 548738b4SHeiko Schocher I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this 3647 548738b4SHeiko Schocher EEPROM. For example: 3648 548738b4SHeiko Schocher 3649 ea818dbbSHeiko Schocher #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 3650 548738b4SHeiko Schocher 3651 548738b4SHeiko Schocher EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over 3652 548738b4SHeiko Schocher a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. 3653 c609719bSwdenk 3654 057c849cSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: 3655 5779d8d9Swdenk 3656 5779d8d9Swdenk Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you 3657 5779d8d9Swdenk want to use for the environment. 3658 5779d8d9Swdenk 3659 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3660 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3661 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3662 5779d8d9Swdenk 3663 5779d8d9Swdenk These three #defines specify the offset and size of the 3664 5779d8d9Swdenk environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed 3665 5779d8d9Swdenk at the specified address. 3666 5779d8d9Swdenk 3667 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: 3668 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang 3669 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang Define this if you have a remote memory space which you 3670 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang want to use for the local device's environment. 3671 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang 3672 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3673 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3674 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang 3675 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang These two #defines specify the address and size of the 3676 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang environment area within the remote memory space. The 3677 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang local device can get the environment from remote memory 3678 fc54c7faSLiu Gang space by SRIO or PCIE links. 3679 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang 3680 0a85a9e7SLiu GangBE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use 3681 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the 3682 fc54c7faSLiu Gangenvironment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, 3683 fc54c7faSLiu Gangbut it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. 3684 0a85a9e7SLiu Gang 3685 51bfee19SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: 3686 13a5695bSwdenk 3687 13a5695bSwdenk Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use 3688 13a5695bSwdenk for the environment. 3689 13a5695bSwdenk 3690 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3691 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3692 13a5695bSwdenk 3693 13a5695bSwdenk These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 3694 fdd813deSScott Wood area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be 3695 fdd813deSScott Wood aligned to an erase block boundary. 3696 5779d8d9Swdenk 3697 fdd813deSScott Wood - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 3698 e443c944SMarkus Klotzbuecher 3699 0e8d1586SJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE 3700 fdd813deSScott Wood size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so 3701 fdd813deSScott Wood that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure 3702 fdd813deSScott Wood during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be 3703 fdd813deSScott Wood aligned to an erase block boundary. 3704 e443c944SMarkus Klotzbuecher 3705 fdd813deSScott Wood - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): 3706 fdd813deSScott Wood 3707 fdd813deSScott Wood Specifies the length of the region in which the environment 3708 fdd813deSScott Wood can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's 3709 fdd813deSScott Wood block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than 3710 fdd813deSScott Wood are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within 3711 fdd813deSScott Wood the range to be avoided. 3712 fdd813deSScott Wood 3713 fdd813deSScott Wood - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): 3714 fdd813deSScott Wood 3715 fdd813deSScott Wood Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the 3716 fdd813deSScott Wood environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The 3717 fdd813deSScott Wood "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. 3718 fdd813deSScott Wood Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when 3719 fdd813deSScott Wood using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. 3720 e443c944SMarkus Klotzbuecher 3721 b74ab737SGuennadi Liakhovetski- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST 3722 b74ab737SGuennadi Liakhovetski 3723 b74ab737SGuennadi Liakhovetski Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the 3724 b74ab737SGuennadi Liakhovetski environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to 3725 b74ab737SGuennadi Liakhovetski CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 3726 b74ab737SGuennadi Liakhovetski 3727 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: 3728 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3729 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the 3730 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment 3731 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger accesses, which is important on NAND. 3732 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3733 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: 3734 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3735 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. 3736 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3737 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: 3738 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3739 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the 3740 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger environment in. 3741 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3742 785881f7SJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: 3743 785881f7SJoe Hershberger 3744 785881f7SJoe Hershberger Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of 3745 785881f7SJoe Hershberger the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. 3746 785881f7SJoe Hershberger It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. 3747 785881f7SJoe Hershberger 3748 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 3749 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 3750 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3751 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system 3752 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger when storing the env in UBI. 3753 2b74433fSJoe Hershberger 3754 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: 3755 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3756 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the 3757 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren environment. 3758 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3759 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: 3760 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3761 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. 3762 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3763 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): 3764 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3765 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not 3766 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be 3767 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). 3768 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3769 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3770 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3771 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3772 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 3773 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren area within the specified MMC device. 3774 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3775 5c088ee8SStephen Warren If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to 3776 5c088ee8SStephen Warren the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated 3777 5c088ee8SStephen Warren as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if 3778 5c088ee8SStephen Warren your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have 3779 5c088ee8SStephen Warren different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the 3780 5c088ee8SStephen Warren environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the 3781 5c088ee8SStephen Warren maximum possible space before it, to store other data. 3782 5c088ee8SStephen Warren 3783 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an 3784 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren MMC sector boundary. 3785 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3786 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 3787 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3788 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to 3789 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a 3790 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due 3791 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. 3792 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3793 5c088ee8SStephen Warren This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the 3794 5c088ee8SStephen Warren same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. 3795 5c088ee8SStephen Warren 3796 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to 3797 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren an MMC sector boundary. 3798 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3799 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): 3800 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3801 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is 3802 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as 3803 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 3804 06e4ae5fSStephen Warren 3805 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET 3806 c609719bSwdenk 3807 c609719bSwdenk Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The 3808 c609719bSwdenk area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment 3809 c609719bSwdenk is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte 3810 c609719bSwdenk scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization 3811 c609719bSwdenk calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems 3812 c609719bSwdenk to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the 3813 c609719bSwdenk start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. 3814 c609719bSwdenk 3815 e881cb56SBruce AdlerPlease note that the environment is read-only until the monitor 3816 c609719bSwdenkhas been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been 3817 cdb74977SWolfgang Denkcreated; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() 3818 c609719bSwdenkuntil then to read environment variables. 3819 c609719bSwdenk 3820 85ec0bccSwdenkThe environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor 3821 85ec0bccSwdenkis relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working 3822 85ec0bccSwdenkwith the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is 3823 85ec0bccSwdenknecessary, because the first environment variable we need is the 3824 85ec0bccSwdenk"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't 3825 85ec0bccSwdenkhave any device yet where we could complain.] 3826 c609719bSwdenk 3827 c609719bSwdenkNote: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if 3828 c609719bSwdenkthe default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you 3829 85ec0bccSwdenkuse the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. 3830 c609719bSwdenk 3831 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: 3832 fc3e2165Swdenk Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. 3833 fc3e2165Swdenk 3834 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR 3835 fc3e2165Swdenk also needs to be defined. 3836 fc3e2165Swdenk 3837 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: 3838 fc3e2165Swdenk MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. 3839 c609719bSwdenk 3840 f5675aa5SRon Madrid- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: 3841 f5675aa5SRon Madrid Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init 3842 f5675aa5SRon Madrid and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at 3843 f5675aa5SRon Madrid drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving 3844 f5675aa5SRon Madrid space for already greatly restricted images, including but not 3845 f5675aa5SRon Madrid limited to NAND_SPL configurations. 3846 f5675aa5SRon Madrid 3847 b2b92f53SSimon Glass- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO 3848 b2b92f53SSimon Glass Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on 3849 b2b92f53SSimon Glass when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called 3850 b2b92f53SSimon Glass to do this. 3851 b2b92f53SSimon Glass 3852 e2e3e2b1SSimon Glass- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE 3853 e2e3e2b1SSimon Glass Similar to the previous option, but display this information 3854 e2e3e2b1SSimon Glass later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if 3855 e2e3e2b1SSimon Glass present. 3856 e2e3e2b1SSimon Glass 3857 c609719bSwdenkLow Level (hardware related) configuration options: 3858 dc7c9a1aSwdenk--------------------------------------------------- 3859 c609719bSwdenk 3860 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: 3861 c609719bSwdenk Cache Line Size of the CPU. 3862 c609719bSwdenk 3863 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: 3864 c609719bSwdenk Default address of the IMMR after system reset. 3865 2535d602Swdenk 3866 2535d602Swdenk Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, 3867 2535d602Swdenk and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of 3868 2535d602Swdenk the IMMR register after a reset. 3869 c609719bSwdenk 3870 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: 3871 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale 3872 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi PowerPC SOCs. 3873 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3874 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: 3875 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically 3876 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. 3877 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3878 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, 3879 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. 3880 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3881 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: 3882 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new 3883 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should 3884 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the 3885 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR 3886 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended 3887 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: 3888 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3889 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH 3890 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) 3891 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3892 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: 3893 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically 3894 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is 3895 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 3896 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 3897 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3898 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: 3899 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is 3900 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 3901 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 3902 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3903 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: 3904 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be 3905 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. 3906 e46fedfeSTimur Tabi 3907 7f6c2cbcSwdenk- Floppy Disk Support: 3908 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER 3909 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3910 7f6c2cbcSwdenk the default drive number (default value 0) 3911 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3912 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE 3913 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3914 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers 3915 7f6c2cbcSwdenk (default value 1) 3916 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3917 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET 3918 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3919 7f6c2cbcSwdenk defines the offset of register from address. It 3920 7f6c2cbcSwdenk depends on which part of the data bus is connected to 3921 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler the FDC chipset. (default value 0) 3922 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3923 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and 3924 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their 3925 7f6c2cbcSwdenk default value. 3926 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3927 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function 3928 7f6c2cbcSwdenk fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC 3929 7f6c2cbcSwdenk setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board 3930 7f6c2cbcSwdenk source code. It is used to make hardware dependant 3931 7f6c2cbcSwdenk initializations. 3932 7f6c2cbcSwdenk 3933 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin- CONFIG_IDE_AHB: 3934 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI 3935 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. 3936 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to 3937 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional 3938 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller 3939 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin is requierd. 3940 0abddf82SMacpaul Lin 3941 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. 3942 25d6712aSwdenk DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're 3943 25d6712aSwdenk doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] 3944 c609719bSwdenk 3945 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: 3946 c609719bSwdenk 3947 7152b1d0Swdenk Start address of memory area that can be used for 3948 c609719bSwdenk initial data and stack; please note that this must be 3949 c609719bSwdenk writable memory that is working WITHOUT special 3950 c609719bSwdenk initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which 3951 c609719bSwdenk will become available only after programming the 3952 c609719bSwdenk memory controller and running certain initialization 3953 c609719bSwdenk sequences. 3954 c609719bSwdenk 3955 c609719bSwdenk U-Boot uses the following memory types: 3956 c609719bSwdenk - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) 3957 c609719bSwdenk - MPC824X: data cache 3958 c609719bSwdenk - PPC4xx: data cache 3959 c609719bSwdenk 3960 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: 3961 c609719bSwdenk 3962 c609719bSwdenk Offset of the initial data structure in the memory 3963 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually 3964 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial 3965 c609719bSwdenk data is located at the end of the available space 3966 553f0982SWolfgang Denk (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - 3967 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just 3968 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + 3969 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. 3970 c609719bSwdenk 3971 c609719bSwdenk Note: 3972 c609719bSwdenk On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data 3973 c609719bSwdenk cache for initial memory) the address chosen for 3974 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must 3975 c609719bSwdenk point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between 3976 c609719bSwdenk the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. 3977 c609719bSwdenk 3978 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) 3979 c609719bSwdenk 3980 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) 3981 c609719bSwdenk 3982 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) 3983 c609719bSwdenk 3984 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) 3985 c609719bSwdenk 3986 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) 3987 c609719bSwdenk 3988 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) 3989 c609719bSwdenk 3990 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: 3991 c609719bSwdenk SDRAM timing 3992 c609719bSwdenk 3993 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: 3994 c609719bSwdenk periodic timer for refresh 3995 c609719bSwdenk 3996 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) 3997 c609719bSwdenk 3998 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, 3999 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, 4000 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, 4001 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: 4002 c609719bSwdenk Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) 4003 c609719bSwdenk 4004 c609719bSwdenk- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, 4005 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, 4006 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: 4007 c609719bSwdenk Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) 4008 c609719bSwdenk 4009 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, 4010 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: 4011 c609719bSwdenk Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer 4012 c609719bSwdenk Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) 4013 c609719bSwdenk 4014 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4015 c609719bSwdenk enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4016 c609719bSwdenk define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] 4017 c609719bSwdenk 4018 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4019 b423d055SHeiko Schocher enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4020 b423d055SHeiko Schocher define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] 4021 b423d055SHeiko Schocher 4022 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4023 c609719bSwdenk enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4024 c609719bSwdenk define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] 4025 c609719bSwdenk 4026 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: 4027 c609719bSwdenk Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, 4028 c609719bSwdenk wrong setting might damage your board. Read 4029 c609719bSwdenk doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! 4030 c609719bSwdenk 4031 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) 4032 ea909b76Swdenk Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post 4033 ea909b76Swdenk (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides 4034 ea909b76Swdenk #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. 4035 ea909b76Swdenk cpm_8260.h. 4036 ea909b76Swdenk 4037 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4038 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, 4039 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, 4040 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4041 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, 4042 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, 4043 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, 4044 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) 4045 a47a12beSStefan Roese Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. 4046 5d232d0eSwdenk 4047 9cacf4fcSDirk Eibach- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: 4048 9cacf4fcSDirk Eibach Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not 4049 9cacf4fcSDirk Eibach required. 4050 9cacf4fcSDirk Eibach 4051 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY 4052 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp Only scan through and get the devices on the busses. 4053 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or 4054 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp something has already done it, and we don't need to do it 4055 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted 4056 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp by coreboot or similar. 4057 69fd2d3bSAndrew Sharp 4058 842033e6SGabor Juhos- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: 4059 842033e6SGabor Juhos Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. 4060 842033e6SGabor Juhos 4061 a09b9b68SKumar Gala- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: 4062 a09b9b68SKumar Gala Chip has SRIO or not 4063 a09b9b68SKumar Gala 4064 a09b9b68SKumar Gala- CONFIG_SRIO1: 4065 a09b9b68SKumar Gala Board has SRIO 1 port available 4066 a09b9b68SKumar Gala 4067 a09b9b68SKumar Gala- CONFIG_SRIO2: 4068 a09b9b68SKumar Gala Board has SRIO 2 port available 4069 a09b9b68SKumar Gala 4070 c8b28152SLiu Gang- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER 4071 c8b28152SLiu Gang Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE 4072 c8b28152SLiu Gang 4073 a09b9b68SKumar Gala- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: 4074 a09b9b68SKumar Gala Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4075 a09b9b68SKumar Gala 4076 a09b9b68SKumar Gala- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: 4077 a09b9b68SKumar Gala Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4078 a09b9b68SKumar Gala 4079 a09b9b68SKumar Gala- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: 4080 a09b9b68SKumar Gala Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4081 a09b9b68SKumar Gala 4082 66bd1846SFabio Estevam- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT 4083 66bd1846SFabio Estevam Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using 4084 66bd1846SFabio Estevam a 16 bit bus. 4085 66bd1846SFabio Estevam Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. 4086 a430e916SFabio Estevam Example of drivers that use it: 4087 66bd1846SFabio Estevam - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c 4088 a430e916SFabio Estevam - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c 4089 eced4626SAlex Waterman 4090 eced4626SAlex Waterman- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG 4091 eced4626SAlex Waterman Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined 4092 eced4626SAlex Waterman a default value will be used. 4093 eced4626SAlex Waterman 4094 bb99ad6dSBen Warren- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM 4095 218ca724SWolfgang Denk Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common 4096 218ca724SWolfgang Denk with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs 4097 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 4098 bb99ad6dSBen Warren SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS 4099 bb99ad6dSBen Warren I2C address of the SPD EEPROM 4100 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 4101 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 4102 218ca724SWolfgang Denk If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first 4103 218ca724SWolfgang Denk one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve 4104 218ca724SWolfgang Denk to something your driver can deal with. 4105 bb99ad6dSBen Warren 4106 1b3e3c4fSYork Sun- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING 4107 1b3e3c4fSYork Sun Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with 4108 1b3e3c4fSYork Sun soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing 4109 1b3e3c4fSYork Sun parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into 4110 1b3e3c4fSYork Sun header files or board specific files. 4111 1b3e3c4fSYork Sun 4112 6f5e1dc5SYork Sun- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE 4113 6f5e1dc5SYork Sun Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. 4114 6f5e1dc5SYork Sun 4115 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 4116 218ca724SWolfgang Denk Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should 4117 218ca724SWolfgang Denk be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. 4118 2ad6b513STimur Tabi 4119 c26e454dSwdenk- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] 4120 c26e454dSwdenk Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. 4121 c26e454dSwdenk 4122 c26e454dSwdenk- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY 4123 c26e454dSwdenk Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds 4124 6e592385Swdenk to the given FEC; i. e. 4125 c26e454dSwdenk #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 4126 c26e454dSwdenk means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 4127 c26e454dSwdenk 4128 c26e454dSwdenk When set to -1, means to probe for first available. 4129 c26e454dSwdenk 4130 c26e454dSwdenk- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR 4131 c26e454dSwdenk The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). 4132 c26e454dSwdenk (so program the FEC to ignore it). 4133 c26e454dSwdenk 4134 c26e454dSwdenk- CONFIG_RMII 4135 c26e454dSwdenk Enable RMII mode for all FECs. 4136 c26e454dSwdenk Note that this is a global option, we can't 4137 c26e454dSwdenk have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. 4138 c26e454dSwdenk 4139 5cf91d6bSwdenk- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY 4140 5cf91d6bSwdenk Add a verify option to the crc32 command. 4141 5cf91d6bSwdenk The syntax is: 4142 5cf91d6bSwdenk 4143 5cf91d6bSwdenk => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> 4144 5cf91d6bSwdenk 4145 5cf91d6bSwdenk Where address/count indicate a memory area 4146 5cf91d6bSwdenk and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the 4147 5cf91d6bSwdenk area should have. 4148 5cf91d6bSwdenk 4149 56523f12Swdenk- CONFIG_LOOPW 4150 56523f12Swdenk Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if 4151 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4152 56523f12Swdenk 4153 7b466641Sstroese- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC 4154 7b466641Sstroese Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic 4155 7b466641Sstroese "md/mw" commands. 4156 7b466641Sstroese Examples: 4157 7b466641Sstroese 4158 7b466641Sstroese => mdc.b 10 4 500 4159 7b466641Sstroese This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. 4160 7b466641Sstroese 4161 7b466641Sstroese => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 4162 7b466641Sstroese This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. 4163 7b466641Sstroese 4164 7b466641Sstroese This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated 4165 602ad3b3SJon Loeliger globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4166 7b466641Sstroese 4167 8aa1a2d1Swdenk- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT 4168 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain 4169 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk low level initializations (like setting up the memory 4170 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not 4171 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk relocate itself into RAM. 4172 8aa1a2d1Swdenk 4173 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only 4174 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some 4175 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk other boot loader or by a debugger which performs 4176 e03f3169SWolfgang Denk these initializations itself. 4177 8aa1a2d1Swdenk 4178 401bb30bSAneesh V- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 4179 df81238bSMagnus Lilja Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4180 df81238bSMagnus Lilja that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when 4181 df81238bSMagnus Lilja compiling a NAND SPL. 4182 400558b5Swdenk 4183 5df572f0SYing Zhang- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC 4184 5df572f0SYing Zhang Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section 4185 5df572f0SYing Zhang .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the 4186 5df572f0SYing Zhang previous 4k of the .text section. 4187 5df572f0SYing Zhang 4188 4213fc29SSimon Glass- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM 4189 4213fc29SSimon Glass Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses 4190 4213fc29SSimon Glass effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard 4191 4213fc29SSimon Glass U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated 4192 4213fc29SSimon Glass to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since 4193 4213fc29SSimon Glass it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all 4194 4213fc29SSimon Glass addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses 4195 4213fc29SSimon Glass to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). 4196 4213fc29SSimon Glass 4197 d8834a13SMatthias Weisser- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY 4198 d8834a13SMatthias Weisser CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET 4199 d8834a13SMatthias Weisser If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will 4200 d8834a13SMatthias Weisser be used if available. These functions may be faster under some 4201 d8834a13SMatthias Weisser conditions but may increase the binary size. 4202 d8834a13SMatthias Weisser 4203 588a13f7SSimon Glass- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR 4204 588a13f7SSimon Glass If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not 4205 588a13f7SSimon Glass needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. 4206 b16f521aSGabe Black 4207 fc33705eSMark Jackson- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK 4208 fc33705eSMark Jackson Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). 4209 fc33705eSMark Jackson 4210 fc33705eSMark Jackson NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. 4211 5b5ece9eSGabe Black 4212 f2717b47STimur TabiFreescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: 4213 f2717b47STimur Tabi----------------------------------- 4214 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4215 f2717b47STimur TabiThe Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the 4216 f2717b47STimur Tabiloading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. 4217 f2717b47STimur TabiThis firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros 4218 f2717b47STimur Tabiare used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address 4219 f2717b47STimur Tabiwithin that device. 4220 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4221 f2717b47STimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR 4222 f2717b47STimur Tabi The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The 4223 f2717b47STimur Tabi meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro 4224 f2717b47STimur Tabi is also specified. 4225 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4226 f2717b47STimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH 4227 f2717b47STimur Tabi The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format 4228 f2717b47STimur Tabi has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it 4229 f2717b47STimur Tabi might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some 4230 f2717b47STimur Tabi local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. 4231 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4232 f2717b47STimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR 4233 f2717b47STimur Tabi Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as 4234 f2717b47STimur Tabi normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the 4235 f2717b47STimur Tabi virtual address in NOR flash. 4236 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4237 f2717b47STimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND 4238 f2717b47STimur Tabi Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. 4239 f2717b47STimur Tabi CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. 4240 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4241 f2717b47STimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC 4242 f2717b47STimur Tabi Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC 4243 f2717b47STimur Tabi device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4244 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4245 f2717b47STimur Tabi- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH 4246 f2717b47STimur Tabi Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI 4247 f2717b47STimur Tabi device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4248 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4249 292dc6c5SLiu Gang- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE 4250 292dc6c5SLiu Gang Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) 4251 292dc6c5SLiu Gang memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which 4252 fc54c7faSLiu Gang can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound 4253 fc54c7faSLiu Gang window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in 4254 fc54c7faSLiu Gang master's memory space. 4255 f2717b47STimur Tabi 4256 c609719bSwdenkBuilding the Software: 4257 c609719bSwdenk====================== 4258 c609719bSwdenk 4259 218ca724SWolfgang DenkBuilding U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments 4260 218ca724SWolfgang Denkand in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support 4261 218ca724SWolfgang Denkall possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all 4262 218ca724SWolfgang Denk(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we 4263 218ca724SWolfgang Denkrecommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) 4264 218ca724SWolfgang Denkwhich is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. 4265 c609719bSwdenk 4266 218ca724SWolfgang DenkIf you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you 4267 218ca724SWolfgang Denkhave GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, 4268 218ca724SWolfgang Denkyou must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. 4269 218ca724SWolfgang DenkNote that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are 4270 218ca724SWolfgang Denknecessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: 4271 c609719bSwdenk 4272 218ca724SWolfgang Denk $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- 4273 218ca724SWolfgang Denk $ export CROSS_COMPILE 4274 c609719bSwdenk 4275 2f8d396bSPeter TyserNote: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in 4276 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain 4277 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW 4278 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: 4279 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser 4280 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools 4281 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser 4282 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can 4283 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser be executed on computers running Windows. 4284 2f8d396bSPeter Tyser 4285 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the 4286 c609719bSwdenksources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This 4287 c609719bSwdenkis done by typing: 4288 c609719bSwdenk 4289 c609719bSwdenk make NAME_config 4290 c609719bSwdenk 4291 218ca724SWolfgang Denkwhere "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- 4292 4d675ae6SMichael Jonesrations; see boards.cfg for supported names. 4293 54387ac9Swdenk 4294 c609719bSwdenkNote: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if 4295 c609719bSwdenk additional information is available from the board vendor; for 4296 2729af9dSwdenk instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) 4297 2729af9dSwdenk or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" 4298 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler when choosing the configuration, i. e. 4299 c609719bSwdenk 4300 2729af9dSwdenk make TQM823L_config 4301 2729af9dSwdenk - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support 4302 c609719bSwdenk 4303 c609719bSwdenk make TQM823L_LCD_config 4304 c609719bSwdenk - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD 4305 c609719bSwdenk 4306 c609719bSwdenk etc. 4307 c609719bSwdenk 4308 c609719bSwdenk 4309 c609719bSwdenkFinally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot 4310 7152b1d0Swdenkimages ready for download to / installation on your system: 4311 c609719bSwdenk 4312 c609719bSwdenk- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image 4313 c609719bSwdenk- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format 4314 c609719bSwdenk- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format 4315 c609719bSwdenk 4316 baf31249SMarian BalakowiczBy default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved 4317 baf31249SMarian Balakowiczin the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change 4318 baf31249SMarian Balakowiczthis behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: 4319 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4320 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: 4321 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4322 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz make O=/tmp/build distclean 4323 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz make O=/tmp/build NAME_config 4324 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz make O=/tmp/build all 4325 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4326 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: 4327 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4328 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 4329 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz make distclean 4330 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz make NAME_config 4331 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz make all 4332 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4333 baf31249SMarian BalakowiczNote that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment 4334 baf31249SMarian Balakowiczvariable. 4335 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4336 c609719bSwdenk 4337 c609719bSwdenkPlease be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so 4338 c609719bSwdenkfor instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of 4339 c609719bSwdenknative "make". 4340 c609719bSwdenk 4341 c609719bSwdenk 4342 c609719bSwdenkIf the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need 4343 c609719bSwdenkto port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these 4344 c609719bSwdenksteps: 4345 c609719bSwdenk 4346 c609719bSwdenk1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel 4347 4d675ae6SMichael Jones "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. 4348 4d675ae6SMichael Jones Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. 4349 c609719bSwdenk2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any 4350 85ec0bccSwdenk files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least 4351 85ec0bccSwdenk the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". 4352 85ec0bccSwdenk3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for 4353 85ec0bccSwdenk your board 4354 c609719bSwdenk3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new 4355 c609719bSwdenk directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. 4356 85ec0bccSwdenk4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. 4357 c609719bSwdenk5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file 4358 c609719bSwdenk to be installed on your target system. 4359 85ec0bccSwdenk6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. 4360 c609719bSwdenk [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] 4361 c609719bSwdenk 4362 c609719bSwdenk 4363 c609719bSwdenkTesting of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: 4364 c609719bSwdenk============================================================== 4365 c609719bSwdenk 4366 c609719bSwdenkIf you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board 4367 c609719bSwdenkor support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to 4368 c609719bSwdenkprovide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes 4369 c609719bSwdenkthe form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest 4370 218ca724SWolfgang Denkofficial or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. 4371 c609719bSwdenk 4372 c609719bSwdenkBut before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- 4373 c609719bSwdenkcation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of 4374 c609719bSwdenkthe supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, 4375 c609719bSwdenkjust run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot 4376 c609719bSwdenkfor ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can 4377 7152b1d0Swdenkselect which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' 4378 218ca724SWolfgang Denkenvironment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools 4379 218ca724SWolfgang Denkyou can type 4380 c609719bSwdenk 4381 c609719bSwdenk CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 4382 c609719bSwdenk 4383 c609719bSwdenkor to build on a native PowerPC system you can type 4384 c609719bSwdenk 4385 c609719bSwdenk CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL 4386 c609719bSwdenk 4387 218ca724SWolfgang DenkWhen using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build 4388 218ca724SWolfgang DenkU-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by 4389 218ca724SWolfgang Denksetting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target 4390 218ca724SWolfgang Denkbuilt, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and 4391 218ca724SWolfgang Denk<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default 4392 218ca724SWolfgang Denklocation can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment 4393 218ca724SWolfgang Denkvariable. For example: 4394 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4395 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 4396 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log 4397 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 4398 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4399 218ca724SWolfgang DenkWith the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, 4400 218ca724SWolfgang Denklog files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean 4401 218ca724SWolfgang Denkduring the whole build process. 4402 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4403 baf31249SMarian Balakowicz 4404 c609719bSwdenkSee also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. 4405 c609719bSwdenk 4406 c609719bSwdenk 4407 c609719bSwdenkMonitor Commands - Overview: 4408 c609719bSwdenk============================ 4409 c609719bSwdenk 4410 c609719bSwdenkgo - start application at address 'addr' 4411 c609719bSwdenkrun - run commands in an environment variable 4412 c609719bSwdenkbootm - boot application image from memory 4413 c609719bSwdenkbootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol 4414 44f074c7SMarek Vasutbootz - boot zImage from memory 4415 c609719bSwdenktftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol 4416 c609719bSwdenk and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" 4417 c609719bSwdenk (and eventually "gatewayip") 4418 1fb7cd49SSimon Glasstftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol 4419 c609719bSwdenkrarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol 4420 c609719bSwdenkdiskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' 4421 c609719bSwdenkloads - load S-Record file over serial line 4422 c609719bSwdenkloadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) 4423 c609719bSwdenkmd - memory display 4424 c609719bSwdenkmm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) 4425 c609719bSwdenknm - memory modify (constant address) 4426 c609719bSwdenkmw - memory write (fill) 4427 c609719bSwdenkcp - memory copy 4428 c609719bSwdenkcmp - memory compare 4429 c609719bSwdenkcrc32 - checksum calculation 4430 0f89c54bSPeter Tyseri2c - I2C sub-system 4431 c609719bSwdenksspi - SPI utility commands 4432 c609719bSwdenkbase - print or set address offset 4433 c609719bSwdenkprintenv- print environment variables 4434 c609719bSwdenksetenv - set environment variables 4435 c609719bSwdenksaveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage 4436 c609719bSwdenkprotect - enable or disable FLASH write protection 4437 c609719bSwdenkerase - erase FLASH memory 4438 c609719bSwdenkflinfo - print FLASH memory information 4439 10635afaSKarl O. Pincnand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) 4440 c609719bSwdenkbdinfo - print Board Info structure 4441 c609719bSwdenkiminfo - print header information for application image 4442 c609719bSwdenkconinfo - print console devices and informations 4443 c609719bSwdenkide - IDE sub-system 4444 c609719bSwdenkloop - infinite loop on address range 4445 56523f12Swdenkloopw - infinite write loop on address range 4446 c609719bSwdenkmtest - simple RAM test 4447 c609719bSwdenkicache - enable or disable instruction cache 4448 c609719bSwdenkdcache - enable or disable data cache 4449 c609719bSwdenkreset - Perform RESET of the CPU 4450 c609719bSwdenkecho - echo args to console 4451 c609719bSwdenkversion - print monitor version 4452 c609719bSwdenkhelp - print online help 4453 c609719bSwdenk? - alias for 'help' 4454 c609719bSwdenk 4455 c609719bSwdenk 4456 c609719bSwdenkMonitor Commands - Detailed Description: 4457 c609719bSwdenk======================================== 4458 c609719bSwdenk 4459 c609719bSwdenkTODO. 4460 c609719bSwdenk 4461 c609719bSwdenkFor now: just type "help <command>". 4462 c609719bSwdenk 4463 c609719bSwdenk 4464 c609719bSwdenkEnvironment Variables: 4465 c609719bSwdenk====================== 4466 c609719bSwdenk 4467 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which 4468 c609719bSwdenkcan be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. 4469 c609719bSwdenk 4470 c609719bSwdenkEnvironment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using 4471 c609719bSwdenk"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" 4472 c609719bSwdenkwithout a value can be used to delete a variable from the 4473 c609719bSwdenkenvironment. As long as you don't save the environment you are 4474 c609719bSwdenkworking with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the 4475 c609719bSwdenkenvironment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. 4476 c609719bSwdenk 4477 c96f86eeSWolfgang DenkSome configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. 4478 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk 4479 c96f86eeSWolfgang DenkList of environment variables (most likely not complete): 4480 c609719bSwdenk 4481 c609719bSwdenk baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE 4482 c609719bSwdenk 4483 c609719bSwdenk bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 4484 c609719bSwdenk 4485 c609719bSwdenk bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 4486 c609719bSwdenk 4487 c609719bSwdenk bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image 4488 c609719bSwdenk 4489 c609719bSwdenk bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP 4490 c609719bSwdenk 4491 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4492 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4493 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed 4494 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" 4495 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is 4496 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux 4497 c3624e6eSGrant Likely kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and 4498 c3624e6eSGrant Likely bootm_mapsize. 4499 c3624e6eSGrant Likely 4500 c3624e6eSGrant Likely bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. 4501 c3624e6eSGrant Likely This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it 4502 c3624e6eSGrant Likely defines the size of the memory region starting at base 4503 c3624e6eSGrant Likely address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel 4504 c3624e6eSGrant Likely during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used 4505 c3624e6eSGrant Likely as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is 4506 c3624e6eSGrant Likely used otherwise. 4507 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka 4508 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4509 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4510 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region 4511 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" 4512 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka environment variable. 4513 7d721e34SBartlomiej Sieka 4514 4bae9090SBartlomiej Sieka updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used 4515 4bae9090SBartlomiej Sieka by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to 4516 4bae9090SBartlomiej Sieka documentation in doc/README.update for more details. 4517 4bae9090SBartlomiej Sieka 4518 c609719bSwdenk autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), 4519 c609719bSwdenk "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the 4520 c609719bSwdenk configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to 4521 c609719bSwdenk load any image using TFTP 4522 c609719bSwdenk 4523 c609719bSwdenk autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", 4524 c609719bSwdenk "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will 4525 c609719bSwdenk be automatically started (by internally calling 4526 c609719bSwdenk "bootm") 4527 c609719bSwdenk 4528 4a6fd34bSwdenk If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the 4529 4a6fd34bSwdenk "bootm" command will be copied to the load address 4530 4a6fd34bSwdenk (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. 4531 4a6fd34bSwdenk This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary 4532 4a6fd34bSwdenk data. 4533 4a6fd34bSwdenk 4534 a28afca5SDavid A. Long fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the 4535 a28afca5SDavid A. Long flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. 4536 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory 4537 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel 4538 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you 4539 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the 4540 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo device tree blob be copied to the maximum address 4541 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can 4542 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo access it during the boot procedure. 4543 fa34f6b2SShawn Guo 4544 a28afca5SDavid A. Long If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then 4545 a28afca5SDavid A. Long the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this 4546 a28afca5SDavid A. Long to work it must reside in writable memory, have 4547 a28afca5SDavid A. Long sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to 4548 a28afca5SDavid A. Long add the information it needs into it, and the memory 4549 a28afca5SDavid A. Long must be accessible by the kernel. 4550 a28afca5SDavid A. Long 4551 eea63e05SSimon Glass fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened 4552 eea63e05SSimon Glass device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is 4553 eea63e05SSimon Glass defined. 4554 eea63e05SSimon Glass 4555 17ea1177Swdenk i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 4556 17ea1177Swdenk if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast 4557 17ea1177Swdenk mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in 4558 17ea1177Swdenk initialization code. So, for changes to be effective 4559 17ea1177Swdenk it must be saved and board must be reset. 4560 17ea1177Swdenk 4561 c609719bSwdenk initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: 4562 c609719bSwdenk If this variable is not set, initrd images will be 4563 c609719bSwdenk copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this 4564 c609719bSwdenk is usually what you want since it allows for 4565 c609719bSwdenk maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to 4566 c609719bSwdenk make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the 4567 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment 4568 c609719bSwdenk variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". 4569 c609719bSwdenk Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper 4570 c609719bSwdenk address to use (U-Boot will still check that it 4571 c609719bSwdenk does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). 4572 c609719bSwdenk 4573 c609719bSwdenk For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB 4574 7152b1d0Swdenk RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, 4575 c609719bSwdenk you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of 4576 c609719bSwdenk the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make 4577 7152b1d0Swdenk sure that the initrd image is placed in the first 4578 c609719bSwdenk 12 MB as well - this can be done with 4579 c609719bSwdenk 4580 c609719bSwdenk setenv initrd_high 00c00000 4581 c609719bSwdenk 4582 38b99261Swdenk If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an 4583 38b99261Swdenk indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal 4584 38b99261Swdenk for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash 4585 38b99261Swdenk memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the 4586 38b99261Swdenk ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the 4587 38b99261Swdenk boot time on your system, but requires that this 4588 38b99261Swdenk feature is supported by your Linux kernel. 4589 38b99261Swdenk 4590 c609719bSwdenk ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command 4591 c609719bSwdenk 4592 c609719bSwdenk loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", 4593 dc7c9a1aSwdenk "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" 4594 c609719bSwdenk 4595 c609719bSwdenk loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 4596 c609719bSwdenk 4597 c609719bSwdenk serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command 4598 c609719bSwdenk 4599 c609719bSwdenk bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 4600 c609719bSwdenk 4601 c609719bSwdenk bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 4602 c609719bSwdenk 4603 c609719bSwdenk bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 4604 c609719bSwdenk 4605 e2a53458SMike Frysinger ethprime - controls which interface is used first. 4606 a3d991bdSwdenk 4607 e2a53458SMike Frysinger ethact - controls which interface is currently active. 4608 e2a53458SMike Frysinger For example you can do the following 4609 a3d991bdSwdenk 4610 48690d80SHeiko Schocher => setenv ethact FEC 4611 48690d80SHeiko Schocher => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC 4612 48690d80SHeiko Schocher => setenv ethact SCC 4613 48690d80SHeiko Schocher => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC 4614 a3d991bdSwdenk 4615 e1692577SMatthias Fuchs ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all 4616 e1692577SMatthias Fuchs available network interfaces. 4617 e1692577SMatthias Fuchs It just stays at the currently selected interface. 4618 e1692577SMatthias Fuchs 4619 a3d991bdSwdenk netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will 4620 a3d991bdSwdenk either succeed or fail without retrying. 4621 6e592385Swdenk When set to "once" the network operation will 4622 6e592385Swdenk fail when all the available network interfaces 4623 6e592385Swdenk are tried once without success. 4624 a3d991bdSwdenk Useful on scripts which control the retry operation 4625 a3d991bdSwdenk themselves. 4626 a3d991bdSwdenk 4627 b4e2f89dSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode 4628 a1cf027aSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD 4629 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's 4630 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk UDP source port. 4631 ecb0ccd9SWolfgang Denk 4632 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP 4633 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. 4634 28cb9375SWolfgang Denk 4635 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, 4636 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk we use the TFTP server's default block size 4637 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk 4638 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- 4639 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines 4640 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to 4641 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. 4642 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk Lowering this value may make downloads succeed 4643 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk faster in networks with high packet loss rates or 4644 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk with unreliable TFTP servers. 4645 c96f86eeSWolfgang Denk 4646 a3d991bdSwdenk vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over 4647 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q 4648 a3d991bdSwdenk VLAN tagged frames. 4649 c609719bSwdenk 4650 dc0b7b0eSJason HobbsThe following image location variables contain the location of images 4651 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsused in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is 4652 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsnot an environment variable name. The other columns are environment 4653 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsvariable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP 4654 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsserver, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be 4655 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsloaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR 4656 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsflash or offset in NAND flash. 4657 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbs 4658 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbs*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some 4659 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsboards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some 4660 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsboards use these variables for other purposes. 4661 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbs 4662 dc0b7b0eSJason HobbsImage File Name RAM Address Flash Location 4663 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbs----- --------- ----------- -------------- 4664 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsu-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr 4665 dc0b7b0eSJason HobbsLinux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr 4666 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsdevice tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr 4667 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbsramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr 4668 dc0b7b0eSJason Hobbs 4669 c609719bSwdenkThe following environment variables may be used and automatically 4670 c609719bSwdenkupdated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), 4671 c609719bSwdenkdepending the information provided by your boot server: 4672 c609719bSwdenk 4673 c609719bSwdenk bootfile - see above 4674 c609719bSwdenk dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server 4675 fe389a82Sstroese dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server 4676 c609719bSwdenk gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use 4677 c609719bSwdenk hostname - Target hostname 4678 c609719bSwdenk ipaddr - see above 4679 c609719bSwdenk netmask - Subnet Mask 4680 c609719bSwdenk rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server 4681 c609719bSwdenk serverip - see above 4682 c609719bSwdenk 4683 c609719bSwdenk 4684 c609719bSwdenkThere are two special Environment Variables: 4685 c609719bSwdenk 4686 c609719bSwdenk serial# - contains hardware identification information such 4687 c609719bSwdenk as type string and/or serial number 4688 c609719bSwdenk ethaddr - Ethernet address 4689 c609719bSwdenk 4690 c609719bSwdenkThese variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of 4691 c609719bSwdenkthe board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables 4692 c609719bSwdenkonce they have been set once. 4693 c609719bSwdenk 4694 c609719bSwdenk 4695 c1551ea8SstroeseFurther special Environment Variables: 4696 c1551ea8Sstroese 4697 c1551ea8Sstroese ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed 4698 c1551ea8Sstroese with the "version" command. This variable is 4699 c1551ea8Sstroese readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). 4700 c1551ea8Sstroese 4701 c1551ea8Sstroese 4702 c609719bSwdenkPlease note that changes to some configuration parameters may take 4703 c609719bSwdenkonly effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). 4704 c609719bSwdenk 4705 c609719bSwdenk 4706 170ab110SJoe HershbergerCallback functions for environment variables: 4707 170ab110SJoe Hershberger--------------------------------------------- 4708 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4709 170ab110SJoe HershbergerFor some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change 4710 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerwhen their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to 4711 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerbe associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or 4712 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerdeletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side 4713 170ab110SJoe Hershbergereffect to happen or for the change to be rejected. 4714 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4715 170ab110SJoe HershbergerThe callbacks are named and associated with a function using the 4716 170ab110SJoe HershbergerU_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. 4717 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4718 170ab110SJoe HershbergerThese callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The 4719 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerstatic list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC 4720 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerin the board configuration to a string that defines a list of 4721 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerassociations. The list must be in the following format: 4722 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4723 170ab110SJoe Hershberger entry = variable_name[:callback_name] 4724 170ab110SJoe Hershberger list = entry[,list] 4725 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4726 170ab110SJoe HershbergerIf the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. 4727 170ab110SJoe HershbergerSpaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. 4728 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4729 170ab110SJoe HershbergerCallbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable 4730 170ab110SJoe Hershbergerwith the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will 4731 170ab110SJoe Hershbergeroverride any association in the static list. You can define 4732 170ab110SJoe HershbergerCONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the 4733 170ab110SJoe Hershberger".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. 4734 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4735 170ab110SJoe Hershberger 4736 f07771ccSwdenkCommand Line Parsing: 4737 f07771ccSwdenk===================== 4738 f07771ccSwdenk 4739 f07771ccSwdenkThere are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: 4740 7152b1d0Swdenkthe old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: 4741 f07771ccSwdenk 4742 f07771ccSwdenkOld, simple command line parser: 4743 f07771ccSwdenk-------------------------------- 4744 f07771ccSwdenk 4745 f07771ccSwdenk- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) 4746 f07771ccSwdenk- several commands on one line, separated by ';' 4747 fe126d8bSWolfgang Denk- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax 4748 f07771ccSwdenk- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', 4749 f07771ccSwdenk for example: 4750 fe126d8bSWolfgang Denk setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} 4751 f07771ccSwdenk- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: 4752 f07771ccSwdenk setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' 4753 f07771ccSwdenk 4754 f07771ccSwdenkHush shell: 4755 f07771ccSwdenk----------- 4756 f07771ccSwdenk 4757 f07771ccSwdenk- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like 4758 f07771ccSwdenk if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, 4759 f07771ccSwdenk until...do...done, ... 4760 f07771ccSwdenk- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv 4761 f07771ccSwdenk commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax 4762 f07771ccSwdenk "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" 4763 f07771ccSwdenk command 4764 f07771ccSwdenk 4765 f07771ccSwdenkGeneral rules: 4766 f07771ccSwdenk-------------- 4767 f07771ccSwdenk 4768 f07771ccSwdenk(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" 4769 f07771ccSwdenk command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and 4770 f07771ccSwdenk one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be 4771 f07771ccSwdenk executed anyway. 4772 f07771ccSwdenk 4773 f07771ccSwdenk(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. 4774 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing 4775 f07771ccSwdenk command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining 4776 f07771ccSwdenk variables are not executed. 4777 f07771ccSwdenk 4778 c609719bSwdenkNote for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: 4779 c609719bSwdenk======================================= 4780 c609719bSwdenk 4781 11ccc33fSMarcel ZiswilerSome boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports 4782 c609719bSwdenksuch configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a 4783 7152b1d0Swdenk"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: 4784 c609719bSwdenk 4785 c609719bSwdenkNetwork interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding 4786 c609719bSwdenkMAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), 4787 c609719bSwdenk"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... 4788 c609719bSwdenk 4789 c609719bSwdenkIf the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance 4790 c609719bSwdenkin SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- 4791 c609719bSwdenkding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment 4792 c609719bSwdenkvariable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: 4793 c609719bSwdenk 4794 c609719bSwdenko If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the 4795 c609719bSwdenk environment, the SROM's address is used. 4796 c609719bSwdenk 4797 c609719bSwdenko If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the 4798 c609719bSwdenk environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is 4799 c609719bSwdenk used. 4800 c609719bSwdenk 4801 c609719bSwdenko If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and 4802 c609719bSwdenk both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. 4803 c609719bSwdenk 4804 c609719bSwdenko If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the 4805 c609719bSwdenk addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a 4806 c609719bSwdenk warning is printed. 4807 c609719bSwdenk 4808 c609719bSwdenko If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error 4809 c609719bSwdenk is raised. 4810 c609719bSwdenk 4811 ecee9324SBen WarrenIf Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses 4812 ecee9324SBen Warrenwill be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This 4813 ecee9324SBen Warrenmay be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. 4814 ecee9324SBen WarrenThe naming convention is as follows: 4815 ecee9324SBen Warren"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. 4816 c609719bSwdenk 4817 c609719bSwdenkImage Formats: 4818 c609719bSwdenk============== 4819 c609719bSwdenk 4820 3310c549SMarian BalakowiczU-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) 4821 3310c549SMarian Balakowiczimages in two formats: 4822 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz 4823 3310c549SMarian BalakowiczNew uImage format (FIT) 4824 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz----------------------- 4825 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz 4826 3310c549SMarian BalakowiczFlexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar 4827 3310c549SMarian Balakowiczto Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple 4828 3310c549SMarian Balakowiczcomponents (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by 4829 3310c549SMarian BalakowiczSHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. 4830 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz 4831 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz 4832 3310c549SMarian BalakowiczOld uImage format 4833 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz----------------- 4834 3310c549SMarian Balakowicz 4835 3310c549SMarian BalakowiczOld image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, 4836 3310c549SMarian Balakowiczpreceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for 4837 3310c549SMarian Balakowiczdetails; basically, the header defines the following image properties: 4838 c609719bSwdenk 4839 c609719bSwdenk* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, 4840 c609719bSwdenk 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, 4841 f5ed9e39SPeter Tyser LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; 4842 f5ed9e39SPeter Tyser Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, 4843 f5ed9e39SPeter Tyser INTEGRITY). 4844 7b64fef3SWolfgang Denk* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, 4845 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; 4846 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). 4847 c29fdfc1Swdenk* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) 4848 c609719bSwdenk* Load Address 4849 c609719bSwdenk* Entry Point 4850 c609719bSwdenk* Image Name 4851 c609719bSwdenk* Image Timestamp 4852 c609719bSwdenk 4853 c609719bSwdenkThe header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header 4854 c609719bSwdenkand the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by 4855 c609719bSwdenkCRC32 checksums. 4856 c609719bSwdenk 4857 c609719bSwdenk 4858 c609719bSwdenkLinux Support: 4859 c609719bSwdenk============== 4860 c609719bSwdenk 4861 c609719bSwdenkAlthough U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application 4862 7152b1d0Swdenkeasily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of 4863 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot. 4864 c609719bSwdenk 4865 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some 4866 c609719bSwdenkspecial "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any 4867 c609719bSwdenk"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; 4868 c609719bSwdenkinstead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation 4869 7152b1d0Swdenkserves several purposes: 4870 c609719bSwdenk 4871 c609719bSwdenk- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone 4872 c609719bSwdenk applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the 4873 c609719bSwdenk Flash memory footprint) 4874 c609719bSwdenk 4875 c609719bSwdenk- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because 4876 7152b1d0Swdenk lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot 4877 c609719bSwdenk 4878 c609719bSwdenk- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" 4879 c609719bSwdenk images; of course this also means that different kernel images can 4880 c609719bSwdenk be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't 4881 c609719bSwdenk have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just 4882 c609719bSwdenk change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the 4883 c609719bSwdenk software is easier now. 4884 c609719bSwdenk 4885 c609719bSwdenk 4886 c609719bSwdenkLinux HOWTO: 4887 c609719bSwdenk============ 4888 c609719bSwdenk 4889 c609719bSwdenkPorting Linux to U-Boot based systems: 4890 c609719bSwdenk--------------------------------------- 4891 c609719bSwdenk 4892 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to 4893 c609719bSwdenkconfigure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware 4894 c609719bSwdenk(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to 4895 c609719bSwdenkLinux :-). 4896 c609719bSwdenk 4897 a47a12beSStefan RoeseBut now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). 4898 c609719bSwdenk 4899 c609719bSwdenkJust make sure your machine specific header file (for instance 4900 c609719bSwdenkinclude/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board 4901 1dc30693SMarkus HeidelbergInformation structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, 4902 1dc30693SMarkus Heidelbergand make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value 4903 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDas your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. 4904 c609719bSwdenk 4905 c609719bSwdenk 4906 c609719bSwdenkConfiguring the Linux kernel: 4907 c609719bSwdenk----------------------------- 4908 c609719bSwdenk 4909 c609719bSwdenkNo specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root 4910 c609719bSwdenkdevice (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. 4911 c609719bSwdenk 4912 c609719bSwdenk 4913 c609719bSwdenkBuilding a Linux Image: 4914 c609719bSwdenk----------------------- 4915 c609719bSwdenk 4916 24ee89b9SwdenkWith U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are 4917 24ee89b9Swdenknot used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target 4918 24ee89b9Swdenk"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by 4919 24ee89b9SwdenkU-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, 4920 24ee89b9Swdenkwhich was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a 4921 24ee89b9Swdenk100% compatible format. 4922 c609719bSwdenk 4923 c609719bSwdenkExample: 4924 c609719bSwdenk 4925 c609719bSwdenk make TQM850L_config 4926 c609719bSwdenk make oldconfig 4927 c609719bSwdenk make dep 4928 24ee89b9Swdenk make uImage 4929 c609719bSwdenk 4930 24ee89b9SwdenkThe "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to 4931 24ee89b9Swdenkencapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, 4932 24ee89b9SwdenkCRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: 4933 c609719bSwdenk 4934 24ee89b9Swdenk* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): 4935 24ee89b9Swdenk 4936 24ee89b9Swdenk* convert the kernel into a raw binary image: 4937 24ee89b9Swdenk 4938 24ee89b9Swdenk ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ 4939 24ee89b9Swdenk -R .note -R .comment \ 4940 24ee89b9Swdenk -S vmlinux linux.bin 4941 24ee89b9Swdenk 4942 24ee89b9Swdenk* compress the binary image: 4943 24ee89b9Swdenk 4944 24ee89b9Swdenk gzip -9 linux.bin 4945 24ee89b9Swdenk 4946 24ee89b9Swdenk* package compressed binary image for U-Boot: 4947 24ee89b9Swdenk 4948 24ee89b9Swdenk mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ 4949 24ee89b9Swdenk -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ 4950 24ee89b9Swdenk -d linux.bin.gz uImage 4951 24ee89b9Swdenk 4952 24ee89b9Swdenk 4953 24ee89b9SwdenkThe "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use 4954 24ee89b9Swdenkwith U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or 4955 24ee89b9Swdenkcombined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 4956 24ee89b9Swdenkbyte header containing information about target architecture, 4957 24ee89b9Swdenkoperating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time 4958 24ee89b9Swdenkstamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. 4959 24ee89b9Swdenk 4960 24ee89b9Swdenk"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and 4961 24ee89b9Swdenkprint the header information, or to build new images. 4962 c609719bSwdenk 4963 c609719bSwdenkIn the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information 4964 c609719bSwdenkcontained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes 4965 c609719bSwdenkchecksum verification: 4966 c609719bSwdenk 4967 c609719bSwdenk tools/mkimage -l image 4968 c609719bSwdenk -l ==> list image header information 4969 c609719bSwdenk 4970 c609719bSwdenkThe second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image 4971 c609719bSwdenkfrom a "data file" which is used as image payload: 4972 c609719bSwdenk 4973 c609719bSwdenk tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ 4974 c609719bSwdenk -n name -d data_file image 4975 c609719bSwdenk -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' 4976 c609719bSwdenk -O ==> set operating system to 'os' 4977 c609719bSwdenk -T ==> set image type to 'type' 4978 c609719bSwdenk -C ==> set compression type 'comp' 4979 c609719bSwdenk -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) 4980 c609719bSwdenk -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) 4981 c609719bSwdenk -n ==> set image name to 'name' 4982 c609719bSwdenk -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' 4983 c609719bSwdenk 4984 69459791SwdenkRight now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load 4985 69459791Swdenkaddress (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the 4986 69459791Swdenkkernel version: 4987 c609719bSwdenk 4988 c609719bSwdenk- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, 4989 24ee89b9Swdenk- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. 4990 c609719bSwdenk 4991 c609719bSwdenkSo a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: 4992 c609719bSwdenk 4993 24ee89b9Swdenk -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 4994 24ee89b9Swdenk > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ 4995 a47a12beSStefan Roese > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ 4996 24ee89b9Swdenk > examples/uImage.TQM850L 4997 24ee89b9Swdenk Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 4998 c609719bSwdenk Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 4999 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5000 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5001 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 0x00000000 5002 24ee89b9Swdenk Entry Point: 0x00000000 5003 c609719bSwdenk 5004 c609719bSwdenkTo verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): 5005 c609719bSwdenk 5006 24ee89b9Swdenk -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L 5007 24ee89b9Swdenk Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5008 c609719bSwdenk Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5009 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5010 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5011 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 0x00000000 5012 24ee89b9Swdenk Entry Point: 0x00000000 5013 c609719bSwdenk 5014 c609719bSwdenkNOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade 5015 c609719bSwdenkspeed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this 5016 c609719bSwdenkneeds more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not 5017 c609719bSwdenkneed to be uncompressed: 5018 c609719bSwdenk 5019 a47a12beSStefan Roese -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz 5020 24ee89b9Swdenk -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 5021 24ee89b9Swdenk > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ 5022 a47a12beSStefan Roese > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ 5023 24ee89b9Swdenk > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed 5024 24ee89b9Swdenk Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5025 c609719bSwdenk Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5026 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) 5027 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB 5028 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 0x00000000 5029 24ee89b9Swdenk Entry Point: 0x00000000 5030 c609719bSwdenk 5031 c609719bSwdenk 5032 c609719bSwdenkSimilar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file 5033 c609719bSwdenkwhen your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: 5034 c609719bSwdenk 5035 c609719bSwdenk -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ 5036 c609719bSwdenk > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ 5037 c609719bSwdenk > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd 5038 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5039 c609719bSwdenk Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 5040 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5041 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB 5042 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 0x00000000 5043 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 0x00000000 5044 c609719bSwdenk 5045 c609719bSwdenk 5046 c609719bSwdenkInstalling a Linux Image: 5047 c609719bSwdenk------------------------- 5048 c609719bSwdenk 5049 c609719bSwdenkTo downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, 5050 c609719bSwdenkyou must convert the image to S-Record format: 5051 c609719bSwdenk 5052 c609719bSwdenk objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec 5053 c609719bSwdenk 5054 c609719bSwdenkThe 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot 5055 c609719bSwdenkimage header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to 5056 c609719bSwdenkaddress 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to 5057 c609719bSwdenkspecify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' 5058 c609719bSwdenkcommand. 5059 c609719bSwdenk 5060 c609719bSwdenkExample: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the 5061 c609719bSwdenkTQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): 5062 c609719bSwdenk 5063 c609719bSwdenk => erase 40100000 401FFFFF 5064 c609719bSwdenk 5065 c609719bSwdenk .......... done 5066 c609719bSwdenk Erased 8 sectors 5067 c609719bSwdenk 5068 c609719bSwdenk => loads 40100000 5069 c609719bSwdenk ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5070 c609719bSwdenk ~>examples/image.srec 5071 c609719bSwdenk 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... 5072 c609719bSwdenk ... 5073 c609719bSwdenk 15989 15990 15991 15992 5074 c609719bSwdenk [file transfer complete] 5075 c609719bSwdenk [connected] 5076 c609719bSwdenk ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 5077 c609719bSwdenk 5078 c609719bSwdenk 5079 c609719bSwdenkYou can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; 5080 c609719bSwdenkthis includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data 5081 c609719bSwdenkcorruption happened: 5082 c609719bSwdenk 5083 c609719bSwdenk => imi 40100000 5084 c609719bSwdenk 5085 c609719bSwdenk ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5086 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5087 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5088 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5089 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 00000000 5090 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 0000000c 5091 c609719bSwdenk Verifying Checksum ... OK 5092 c609719bSwdenk 5093 c609719bSwdenk 5094 c609719bSwdenkBoot Linux: 5095 c609719bSwdenk----------- 5096 c609719bSwdenk 5097 c609719bSwdenkThe "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in 5098 c609719bSwdenkmemory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents 5099 c609719bSwdenkof the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as 5100 c609719bSwdenkparameters. You can check and modify this variable using the 5101 c609719bSwdenk"printenv" and "setenv" commands: 5102 c609719bSwdenk 5103 c609719bSwdenk 5104 c609719bSwdenk => printenv bootargs 5105 c609719bSwdenk bootargs=root=/dev/ram 5106 c609719bSwdenk 5107 c609719bSwdenk => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5108 c609719bSwdenk 5109 c609719bSwdenk => printenv bootargs 5110 c609719bSwdenk bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5111 c609719bSwdenk 5112 c609719bSwdenk => bootm 40020000 5113 c609719bSwdenk ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... 5114 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L 5115 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5116 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB 5117 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 00000000 5118 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 0000000c 5119 c609719bSwdenk Verifying Checksum ... OK 5120 c609719bSwdenk Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5121 c609719bSwdenk Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 5122 c609719bSwdenk Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5123 c609719bSwdenk time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5124 c609719bSwdenk Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5125 c609719bSwdenk Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] 5126 c609719bSwdenk ... 5127 c609719bSwdenk 5128 11ccc33fSMarcel ZiswilerIf you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass 5129 7152b1d0Swdenkthe memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT 5130 c609719bSwdenkformat!) to the "bootm" command: 5131 c609719bSwdenk 5132 c609719bSwdenk => imi 40100000 40200000 5133 c609719bSwdenk 5134 c609719bSwdenk ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5135 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5136 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5137 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5138 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 00000000 5139 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 0000000c 5140 c609719bSwdenk Verifying Checksum ... OK 5141 c609719bSwdenk 5142 c609719bSwdenk ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... 5143 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5144 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5145 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5146 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 00000000 5147 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 00000000 5148 c609719bSwdenk Verifying Checksum ... OK 5149 c609719bSwdenk 5150 c609719bSwdenk => bootm 40100000 40200000 5151 c609719bSwdenk ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... 5152 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5153 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5154 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5155 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 00000000 5156 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 0000000c 5157 c609719bSwdenk Verifying Checksum ... OK 5158 c609719bSwdenk Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5159 c609719bSwdenk ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... 5160 c609719bSwdenk Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5161 c609719bSwdenk Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5162 c609719bSwdenk Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5163 c609719bSwdenk Load Address: 00000000 5164 c609719bSwdenk Entry Point: 00000000 5165 c609719bSwdenk Verifying Checksum ... OK 5166 c609719bSwdenk Loading Ramdisk ... OK 5167 c609719bSwdenk Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 5168 c609719bSwdenk Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram 5169 c609719bSwdenk time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5170 c609719bSwdenk Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5171 c609719bSwdenk ... 5172 c609719bSwdenk RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 5173 c609719bSwdenk VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). 5174 c609719bSwdenk 5175 c609719bSwdenk bash# 5176 c609719bSwdenk 5177 0267768eSMatthew McClintockBoot Linux and pass a flat device tree: 5178 0267768eSMatthew McClintock----------- 5179 0267768eSMatthew McClintock 5180 0267768eSMatthew McClintockFirst, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section 5181 0267768eSMatthew McClintocktitled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The 5182 0267768eSMatthew McClintockfollowing is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated 5183 0267768eSMatthew McClintockflat device tree: 5184 0267768eSMatthew McClintock 5185 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> print oftaddr 5186 0267768eSMatthew McClintockoftaddr=0x300000 5187 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> print oft 5188 0267768eSMatthew McClintockoft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb 5189 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> tftp $oftaddr $oft 5190 0267768eSMatthew McClintockSpeed: 1000, full duplex 5191 0267768eSMatthew McClintockUsing TSEC0 device 5192 0267768eSMatthew McClintockTFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 5193 0267768eSMatthew McClintockFilename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. 5194 0267768eSMatthew McClintockLoad address: 0x300000 5195 0267768eSMatthew McClintockLoading: # 5196 0267768eSMatthew McClintockdone 5197 0267768eSMatthew McClintockBytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) 5198 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile 5199 0267768eSMatthew McClintockSpeed: 1000, full duplex 5200 0267768eSMatthew McClintockUsing TSEC0 device 5201 0267768eSMatthew McClintockTFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 5202 0267768eSMatthew McClintockFilename 'uImage'. 5203 0267768eSMatthew McClintockLoad address: 0x200000 5204 0267768eSMatthew McClintockLoading:############ 5205 0267768eSMatthew McClintockdone 5206 0267768eSMatthew McClintockBytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) 5207 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> print loadaddr 5208 0267768eSMatthew McClintockloadaddr=200000 5209 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> print oftaddr 5210 0267768eSMatthew McClintockoftaddr=0x300000 5211 0267768eSMatthew McClintock=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr 5212 0267768eSMatthew McClintock## Booting image at 00200000 ... 5213 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty 5214 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5215 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB 5216 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Load Address: 00000000 5217 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Entry Point: 00000000 5218 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Verifying Checksum ... OK 5219 0267768eSMatthew McClintock Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5220 0267768eSMatthew McClintockBooting using flat device tree at 0x300000 5221 0267768eSMatthew McClintockUsing MPC85xx ADS machine description 5222 0267768eSMatthew McClintockMemory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb 5223 0267768eSMatthew McClintock[snip] 5224 0267768eSMatthew McClintock 5225 0267768eSMatthew McClintock 5226 6069ff26SwdenkMore About U-Boot Image Types: 5227 6069ff26Swdenk------------------------------ 5228 6069ff26Swdenk 5229 6069ff26SwdenkU-Boot supports the following image types: 5230 6069ff26Swdenk 5231 6069ff26Swdenk "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment 5232 6069ff26Swdenk provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave 5233 6069ff26Swdenk well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from 5234 6069ff26Swdenk the Standalone Program. 5235 6069ff26Swdenk "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which 5236 6069ff26Swdenk will take over control completely. Usually these programs 5237 6069ff26Swdenk will install their own set of exception handlers, device 5238 6069ff26Swdenk drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot 5239 6069ff26Swdenk expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. 5240 6069ff26Swdenk "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their 5241 6069ff26Swdenk parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is 5242 6069ff26Swdenk being started. 5243 6069ff26Swdenk "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS 5244 6069ff26Swdenk (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like 5245 6069ff26Swdenk RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want 5246 6069ff26Swdenk to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot 5247 6069ff26Swdenk server provides just a single image file, but you want to get 5248 6069ff26Swdenk for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. 5249 6069ff26Swdenk 5250 6069ff26Swdenk "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each 5251 6069ff26Swdenk image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network 5252 6069ff26Swdenk byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". 5253 6069ff26Swdenk Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by 5254 6069ff26Swdenk one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to 5255 6069ff26Swdenk a multiple of 4 bytes). 5256 6069ff26Swdenk 5257 6069ff26Swdenk "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like 5258 6069ff26Swdenk U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to 5259 6069ff26Swdenk flash memory. 5260 6069ff26Swdenk 5261 6069ff26Swdenk "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by 5262 6069ff26Swdenk U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially 5263 6069ff26Swdenk useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) 5264 6069ff26Swdenk as command interpreter. 5265 6069ff26Swdenk 5266 44f074c7SMarek VasutBooting the Linux zImage: 5267 44f074c7SMarek Vasut------------------------- 5268 44f074c7SMarek Vasut 5269 44f074c7SMarek VasutOn some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done 5270 44f074c7SMarek Vasutusing the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same 5271 44f074c7SMarek Vasutas the syntax of "bootm" command. 5272 44f074c7SMarek Vasut 5273 8ac28563STom RiniNote, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply 5274 017e1f3fSMarek Vasutkernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the 5275 017e1f3fSMarek Vasutaddress of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following 5276 017e1f3fSMarek Vasutformat: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". 5277 017e1f3fSMarek Vasut 5278 c609719bSwdenk 5279 c609719bSwdenkStandalone HOWTO: 5280 c609719bSwdenk================= 5281 c609719bSwdenk 5282 c609719bSwdenkOne of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and 5283 c609719bSwdenkrun "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of 5284 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. 5285 c609719bSwdenk 5286 c609719bSwdenkTwo simple examples are included with the sources: 5287 c609719bSwdenk 5288 c609719bSwdenk"Hello World" Demo: 5289 c609719bSwdenk------------------- 5290 c609719bSwdenk 5291 c609719bSwdenk'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo 5292 c609719bSwdenkapplication; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. 5293 c609719bSwdenkIt's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it 5294 c609719bSwdenklike that: 5295 c609719bSwdenk 5296 c609719bSwdenk => loads 5297 c609719bSwdenk ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5298 c609719bSwdenk ~>examples/hello_world.srec 5299 c609719bSwdenk 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5300 c609719bSwdenk [file transfer complete] 5301 c609719bSwdenk [connected] 5302 c609719bSwdenk ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5303 c609719bSwdenk 5304 c609719bSwdenk => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. 5305 c609719bSwdenk ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5306 c609719bSwdenk Hello World 5307 c609719bSwdenk argc = 7 5308 c609719bSwdenk argv[0] = "40004" 5309 c609719bSwdenk argv[1] = "Hello" 5310 c609719bSwdenk argv[2] = "World!" 5311 c609719bSwdenk argv[3] = "This" 5312 c609719bSwdenk argv[4] = "is" 5313 c609719bSwdenk argv[5] = "a" 5314 c609719bSwdenk argv[6] = "test." 5315 c609719bSwdenk argv[7] = "<NULL>" 5316 c609719bSwdenk Hit any key to exit ... 5317 c609719bSwdenk 5318 c609719bSwdenk ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5319 c609719bSwdenk 5320 c609719bSwdenkAnother example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt 5321 c609719bSwdenkhandler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. 5322 c609719bSwdenkHere, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. 5323 c609719bSwdenkThe interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' 5324 c609719bSwdenkcharacter, but this is just a demo program. The application can be 5325 c609719bSwdenkcontrolled by the following keys: 5326 c609719bSwdenk 5327 c609719bSwdenk ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers 5328 c609719bSwdenk b - enable interrupts and start timer 5329 c609719bSwdenk e - stop timer and disable interrupts 5330 c609719bSwdenk q - quit application 5331 c609719bSwdenk 5332 c609719bSwdenk => loads 5333 c609719bSwdenk ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5334 c609719bSwdenk ~>examples/timer.srec 5335 c609719bSwdenk 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5336 c609719bSwdenk [file transfer complete] 5337 c609719bSwdenk [connected] 5338 c609719bSwdenk ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5339 c609719bSwdenk 5340 c609719bSwdenk => go 40004 5341 c609719bSwdenk ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5342 c609719bSwdenk TIMERS=0xfff00980 5343 c609719bSwdenk Using timer 1 5344 c609719bSwdenk tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 5345 c609719bSwdenk 5346 c609719bSwdenkHit 'b': 5347 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us 5348 c609719bSwdenk Enabling timer 5349 c609719bSwdenkHit '?': 5350 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] ........ 5351 c609719bSwdenk tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 5352 c609719bSwdenkHit '?': 5353 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] . 5354 c609719bSwdenk tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 5355 c609719bSwdenkHit '?': 5356 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] . 5357 c609719bSwdenk tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 5358 c609719bSwdenkHit '?': 5359 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] . 5360 c609719bSwdenk tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 5361 c609719bSwdenkHit 'e': 5362 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer 5363 c609719bSwdenkHit 'q': 5364 c609719bSwdenk [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5365 c609719bSwdenk 5366 c609719bSwdenk 5367 85ec0bccSwdenkMinicom warning: 5368 85ec0bccSwdenk================ 5369 85ec0bccSwdenk 5370 7152b1d0SwdenkOver time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the 5371 85ec0bccSwdenk"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) 5372 85ec0bccSwdenkconsider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under 5373 f07771ccSwdenkUnix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and 5374 85ec0bccSwdenkespecially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and 5375 e53515a2SKarl O. Pincuse "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See 5376 e53515a2SKarl O. Pinchttp://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. 5377 e53515a2SKarl O. Pincfor help with kermit. 5378 e53515a2SKarl O. Pinc 5379 85ec0bccSwdenk 5380 52f52c14SwdenkNevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this 5381 52f52c14Swdenkconfiguration to your "File transfer protocols" section: 5382 52f52c14Swdenk 5383 52f52c14Swdenk Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi 5384 52f52c14Swdenk X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N 5385 52f52c14Swdenk Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N 5386 52f52c14Swdenk 5387 52f52c14Swdenk 5388 c609719bSwdenkNetBSD Notes: 5389 c609719bSwdenk============= 5390 c609719bSwdenk 5391 c609719bSwdenkStarting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host 5392 c609719bSwdenk(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). 5393 c609719bSwdenk 5394 c609719bSwdenkBuilding requires a cross environment; it is known to work on 5395 c609719bSwdenkNetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also 5396 c609719bSwdenkneed gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). 5397 c609719bSwdenkNote that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; 5398 c609719bSwdenkattempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is 5399 c609719bSwdenkmissing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: 5400 c609719bSwdenk 5401 c609719bSwdenk # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include 5402 c609719bSwdenk # mkdir powerpc 5403 c609719bSwdenk # ln -s powerpc machine 5404 c609719bSwdenk # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h 5405 c609719bSwdenk # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST 5406 c609719bSwdenk 5407 c609719bSwdenkNative builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native 5408 c609719bSwdenkand U-Boot include files. 5409 c609719bSwdenk 5410 c609719bSwdenkBooting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a 5411 c609719bSwdenkstage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel 5412 c609719bSwdenkproper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source 5413 c609719bSwdenktree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the 5414 2a8af187Swdenkmeantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz 5415 c609719bSwdenk 5416 c609719bSwdenk 5417 c609719bSwdenkImplementation Internals: 5418 c609719bSwdenk========================= 5419 c609719bSwdenk 5420 c609719bSwdenkThe following is not intended to be a complete description of every 5421 c609719bSwdenkimplementation detail. However, it should help to understand the 5422 c609719bSwdenkinner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom 5423 c609719bSwdenkhardware. 5424 c609719bSwdenk 5425 c609719bSwdenk 5426 c609719bSwdenkInitial Stack, Global Data: 5427 c609719bSwdenk--------------------------- 5428 c609719bSwdenk 5429 c609719bSwdenkThe implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot 5430 c609719bSwdenkstarts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to 5431 c609719bSwdenksystem RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). 5432 c609719bSwdenkThis means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS 5433 c609719bSwdenkis not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working 5434 c609719bSwdenkat all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation 5435 c609719bSwdenkoptions for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU 5436 c609719bSwdenkmodels provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and 5437 c609719bSwdenkMPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be 5438 c609719bSwdenklocked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. 5439 c609719bSwdenk 5440 7152b1d0Swdenk Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the 5441 0668236bSWolfgang Denk U-Boot mailing list: 5442 43d9616cSwdenk 5443 43d9616cSwdenk Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? 5444 43d9616cSwdenk From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> 5445 43d9616cSwdenk Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) 5446 43d9616cSwdenk ... 5447 43d9616cSwdenk 5448 43d9616cSwdenk Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it 5449 43d9616cSwdenk is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not 5450 43d9616cSwdenk require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness 5451 43d9616cSwdenk is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of 5452 43d9616cSwdenk necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's 5453 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you 5454 43d9616cSwdenk can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and 5455 43d9616cSwdenk operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. 5456 43d9616cSwdenk 5457 43d9616cSwdenk OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It 5458 43d9616cSwdenk is another option for the system designer to use as an 5459 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either 5460 43d9616cSwdenk option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your 5461 43d9616cSwdenk board designers haven't used it for something that would 5462 43d9616cSwdenk cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not 5463 43d9616cSwdenk used. 5464 43d9616cSwdenk 5465 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere 5466 43d9616cSwdenk with your processor/board/system design. The default value 5467 43d9616cSwdenk you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in 5468 8a316c9bSStefan Roese walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger 5469 43d9616cSwdenk than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set 5470 43d9616cSwdenk it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources 5471 43d9616cSwdenk that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in 5472 43d9616cSwdenk start.S has been around a while and should work as is when 5473 43d9616cSwdenk you get the config right. 5474 43d9616cSwdenk 5475 43d9616cSwdenk -Chris Hallinan 5476 43d9616cSwdenk DS4.COM, Inc. 5477 43d9616cSwdenk 5478 c609719bSwdenkIt is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C 5479 c609719bSwdenkcode for the initialization procedures: 5480 c609719bSwdenk 5481 c609719bSwdenk* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt 5482 c609719bSwdenk to write it. 5483 c609719bSwdenk 5484 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized 5485 c609719bSwdenk as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- 5486 7152b1d0Swdenk zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). 5487 c609719bSwdenk 5488 c609719bSwdenk* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like 5489 c609719bSwdenk that. 5490 c609719bSwdenk 5491 c609719bSwdenkHaving only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use 5492 c609719bSwdenknormal global data to share information beween the code. But it 5493 c609719bSwdenkturned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly 5494 c609719bSwdenksimplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all 5495 c609719bSwdenkfunctions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ 5496 c609719bSwdenkfunctions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of 5497 c609719bSwdenkthe GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we 5498 c609719bSwdenkplace a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we 5499 c609719bSwdenkreserve for this purpose. 5500 c609719bSwdenk 5501 7152b1d0SwdenkWhen choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the 5502 c609719bSwdenkrelevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by 5503 c609719bSwdenkGCC's implementation. 5504 c609719bSwdenk 5505 c609719bSwdenkFor PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: 5506 c609719bSwdenk R1: stack pointer 5507 e7670f6cSWolfgang Denk R2: reserved for system use 5508 c609719bSwdenk R3-R4: parameter passing and return values 5509 c609719bSwdenk R5-R10: parameter passing 5510 c609719bSwdenk R13: small data area pointer 5511 c609719bSwdenk R30: GOT pointer 5512 c609719bSwdenk R31: frame pointer 5513 c609719bSwdenk 5514 e6bee808SJoakim Tjernlund (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 5515 e6bee808SJoakim Tjernlund is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when 5516 e6bee808SJoakim Tjernlund going back and forth between asm and C) 5517 c609719bSwdenk 5518 e7670f6cSWolfgang Denk ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data 5519 c609719bSwdenk 5520 c609719bSwdenk Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the 5521 c609719bSwdenk address of the global data structure is known at compile time), 5522 c609719bSwdenk but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat 5523 c609719bSwdenk smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on 5524 c609719bSwdenk average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, 5525 c609719bSwdenk 624 text + 127 data). 5526 c609719bSwdenk 5527 c4db335cSRobin GetzOn Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: 5528 4c58eb55SMike Frysinger http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface 5529 4c58eb55SMike Frysinger 5530 c4db335cSRobin Getz ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data 5531 4c58eb55SMike Frysinger 5532 c609719bSwdenkOn ARM, the following registers are used: 5533 c609719bSwdenk 5534 c609719bSwdenk R0: function argument word/integer result 5535 c609719bSwdenk R1-R3: function argument word 5536 c609719bSwdenk R9: GOT pointer 5537 c609719bSwdenk R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled) 5538 c609719bSwdenk R11: argument (frame) pointer 5539 c609719bSwdenk R12: temporary workspace 5540 c609719bSwdenk R13: stack pointer 5541 c609719bSwdenk R14: link register 5542 c609719bSwdenk R15: program counter 5543 c609719bSwdenk 5544 c609719bSwdenk ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data 5545 c609719bSwdenk 5546 0df01fd3SThomas ChouOn Nios II, the ABI is documented here: 5547 0df01fd3SThomas Chou http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf 5548 0df01fd3SThomas Chou 5549 0df01fd3SThomas Chou ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data 5550 0df01fd3SThomas Chou 5551 0df01fd3SThomas Chou Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp 5552 0df01fd3SThomas Chou to access small data sections, so gp is free. 5553 0df01fd3SThomas Chou 5554 afc1ce82SMacpaul LinOn NDS32, the following registers are used: 5555 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin 5556 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R0-R1: argument/return 5557 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R2-R5: argument 5558 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R15: temporary register for assembler 5559 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R16: trampoline register 5560 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R28: frame pointer (FP) 5561 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R29: global pointer (GP) 5562 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R30: link register (LP) 5563 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin R31: stack pointer (SP) 5564 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin PC: program counter (PC) 5565 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin 5566 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data 5567 afc1ce82SMacpaul Lin 5568 d87080b7SWolfgang DenkNOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, 5569 d87080b7SWolfgang Denkor current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. 5570 c609719bSwdenk 5571 c609719bSwdenkMemory Management: 5572 c609719bSwdenk------------------ 5573 c609719bSwdenk 5574 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the 5575 c609719bSwdenkMMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. 5576 c609719bSwdenk 5577 c609719bSwdenkThe available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory 5578 c609719bSwdenkcontroller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each 5579 c609719bSwdenkmemory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several 5580 c609719bSwdenkphysical memory banks. 5581 c609719bSwdenk 5582 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on 5583 c609719bSwdenkTQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After 5584 c609719bSwdenkbooting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself 5585 c609719bSwdenkto the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some 5586 6d0f6bcfSJean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDmemory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN 5587 c609719bSwdenkconfiguration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board 5588 c609719bSwdenkInfo data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). 5589 c609719bSwdenk 5590 c609719bSwdenkAdditionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB 5591 c609719bSwdenkof DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). 5592 c609719bSwdenk 5593 c609719bSwdenkSo a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like 5594 c609719bSwdenkthis: 5595 c609719bSwdenk 5596 c609719bSwdenk 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code 5597 c609719bSwdenk : 5598 c609719bSwdenk 0x0000 1FFF 5599 c609719bSwdenk 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use 5600 c609719bSwdenk : 5601 c609719bSwdenk : 5602 c609719bSwdenk 5603 c609719bSwdenk : 5604 c609719bSwdenk : 5605 c609719bSwdenk 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) 5606 c609719bSwdenk 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data 5607 c609719bSwdenk 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena 5608 c609719bSwdenk : 5609 c609719bSwdenk 0x00FD FFFF 5610 c609719bSwdenk 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code 5611 c609719bSwdenk ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer 5612 c609719bSwdenk ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) 5613 c609719bSwdenk 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] 5614 c609719bSwdenk 5615 c609719bSwdenk 5616 c609719bSwdenkSystem Initialization: 5617 c609719bSwdenk---------------------- 5618 c609719bSwdenk 5619 c609719bSwdenkIn the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point 5620 11ccc33fSMarcel Ziswiler(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset 5621 c609719bSwdenkconfiguration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. 5622 7152b1d0SwdenkTo be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. 5623 c609719bSwdenkTo be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) 5624 c609719bSwdenkinitial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs 5625 c609719bSwdenkwhich provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked 5626 c609719bSwdenkpart of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, 5627 c609719bSwdenkthe caches and the SIU. 5628 c609719bSwdenk 5629 c609719bSwdenkNext, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a 5630 c609719bSwdenkpreliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries 5631 c609719bSwdenk(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash 5632 c609719bSwdenkon 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is 5633 c609719bSwdenkprogrammed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a 5634 c609719bSwdenksimple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM 5635 c609719bSwdenkbanks. 5636 c609719bSwdenk 5637 c609719bSwdenkWhen there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of 5638 7152b1d0Swdenkdifferent size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first 5639 c609719bSwdenkbank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address 5640 c609719bSwdenk0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create 5641 c609719bSwdenkcontiguous memory starting from 0. 5642 c609719bSwdenk 5643 c609719bSwdenkThen, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area 5644 c609719bSwdenkand allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board 5645 c609719bSwdenkInfo data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM 5646 c609719bSwdenkpages, and the final stack is set up. 5647 c609719bSwdenk 5648 c609719bSwdenkOnly after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; 5649 c609719bSwdenkuntil that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are 5650 c609719bSwdenkrunning from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a 5651 c609719bSwdenknew address in RAM. 5652 c609719bSwdenk 5653 c609719bSwdenk 5654 c609719bSwdenkU-Boot Porting Guide: 5655 c609719bSwdenk---------------------- 5656 c609719bSwdenk 5657 c609719bSwdenk[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing 5658 6aff3115Swdenklist, October 2002] 5659 c609719bSwdenk 5660 c609719bSwdenk 5661 c609719bSwdenkint main(int argc, char *argv[]) 5662 c609719bSwdenk{ 5663 c609719bSwdenk sighandler_t no_more_time; 5664 c609719bSwdenk 5665 c609719bSwdenk signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); 5666 c609719bSwdenk alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); 5667 c609719bSwdenk 5668 c609719bSwdenk if (available_money > available_manpower) { 5669 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Pay consultant to port U-Boot; 5670 c609719bSwdenk return 0; 5671 c609719bSwdenk } 5672 c609719bSwdenk 5673 c609719bSwdenk Download latest U-Boot source; 5674 c609719bSwdenk 5675 0668236bSWolfgang Denk Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; 5676 6aff3115Swdenk 5677 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren if (clueless) 5678 c609719bSwdenk email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); 5679 c609719bSwdenk 5680 c609719bSwdenk while (learning) { 5681 c609719bSwdenk Read the README file in the top level directory; 5682 7cb22f97Swdenk Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; 5683 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Read applicable doc/*.README; 5684 c609719bSwdenk Read the source, Luke; 5685 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ 5686 c609719bSwdenk } 5687 c609719bSwdenk 5688 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) 5689 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Buy a BDI3000; 5690 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren else 5691 c609719bSwdenk Add a lot of aggravation and time; 5692 c609719bSwdenk 5693 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ 5694 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> 5695 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h 5696 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren } else { 5697 c609719bSwdenk Create your own board support subdirectory; 5698 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; 5699 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren } 5700 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Edit new board/<myboard> files 5701 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h 5702 c609719bSwdenk 5703 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren while (!accepted) { 5704 c609719bSwdenk while (!running) { 5705 c609719bSwdenk do { 5706 c609719bSwdenk Add / modify source code; 5707 c609719bSwdenk } until (compiles); 5708 c609719bSwdenk Debug; 5709 c609719bSwdenk if (clueless) 5710 c609719bSwdenk email("Hi, I am having problems..."); 5711 c609719bSwdenk } 5712 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; 5713 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren if (reasonable critiques) 5714 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Incorporate improvements from email list code review; 5715 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren else 5716 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren Defend code as written; 5717 6c3fef28SJerry Van Baren } 5718 c609719bSwdenk 5719 c609719bSwdenk return 0; 5720 c609719bSwdenk} 5721 c609719bSwdenk 5722 c609719bSwdenkvoid no_more_time (int sig) 5723 c609719bSwdenk{ 5724 c609719bSwdenk hire_a_guru(); 5725 c609719bSwdenk} 5726 c609719bSwdenk 5727 c609719bSwdenk 5728 c609719bSwdenkCoding Standards: 5729 c609719bSwdenk----------------- 5730 c609719bSwdenk 5731 c609719bSwdenkAll contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel 5732 2c051651SDetlev Zundelcoding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script 5733 7ca9296eSWolfgang Denk"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. 5734 c609719bSwdenk 5735 2c051651SDetlev ZundelSource files originating from a different project (for example the 5736 2c051651SDetlev ZundelMTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not 5737 2c051651SDetlev Zundelreformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those 5738 2c051651SDetlev Zundelsources. 5739 2c051651SDetlev Zundel 5740 2c051651SDetlev ZundelPlease note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in 5741 2c051651SDetlev ZundelAssembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) 5742 2c051651SDetlev Zundelin your code. 5743 c609719bSwdenk 5744 c178d3daSwdenkPlease also stick to the following formatting rules: 5745 180d3f74Swdenk- remove any trailing white space 5746 7ca9296eSWolfgang Denk- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces 5747 180d3f74Swdenk- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds 5748 7ca9296eSWolfgang Denk- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files 5749 180d3f74Swdenk- do not add trailing empty lines to source files 5750 180d3f74Swdenk 5751 c609719bSwdenkSubmissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned 5752 c609719bSwdenkwith a request to reformat the changes. 5753 c609719bSwdenk 5754 c609719bSwdenk 5755 c609719bSwdenkSubmitting Patches: 5756 c609719bSwdenk------------------- 5757 c609719bSwdenk 5758 c609719bSwdenkSince the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to 5759 c609719bSwdenkestablish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules 5760 c609719bSwdenkmay be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. 5761 c609719bSwdenk 5762 0d28f34bSMagnus LiljaPlease see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. 5763 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 5764 0668236bSWolfgang DenkPatches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; 5765 0668236bSWolfgang Denksee http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot 5766 0668236bSWolfgang Denk 5767 c609719bSwdenkWhen you send a patch, please include the following information with 5768 c609719bSwdenkit: 5769 c609719bSwdenk 5770 c609719bSwdenk* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes 5771 c609719bSwdenk this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the 5772 c609719bSwdenk patch actually fixes something. 5773 c609719bSwdenk 5774 c609719bSwdenk* For new features: a description of the feature and your 5775 c609719bSwdenk implementation. 5776 c609719bSwdenk 5777 c609719bSwdenk* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) 5778 c609719bSwdenk 5779 c609719bSwdenk* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file 5780 c609719bSwdenk 5781 c609719bSwdenk* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this 5782 7ca9296eSWolfgang Denk board to the MAINTAINERS file, too. 5783 c609719bSwdenk 5784 c609719bSwdenk* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to 5785 c609719bSwdenk document these in the README file. 5786 c609719bSwdenk 5787 218ca724SWolfgang Denk* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* 5788 218ca724SWolfgang Denk recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the 5789 7ca9296eSWolfgang Denk "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to 5790 218ca724SWolfgang Denk the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems 5791 218ca724SWolfgang Denk with some other mail clients. 5792 c609719bSwdenk 5793 218ca724SWolfgang Denk If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of 5794 218ca724SWolfgang Denk diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of 5795 218ca724SWolfgang Denk GNU diff. 5796 6dff5529Swdenk 5797 218ca724SWolfgang Denk The current directory when running this command shall be the parent 5798 218ca724SWolfgang Denk directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that 5799 218ca724SWolfgang Denk your patch includes sufficient directory information for the 5800 218ca724SWolfgang Denk affected files). 5801 218ca724SWolfgang Denk 5802 218ca724SWolfgang Denk We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, 5803 218ca724SWolfgang Denk and compressed attachments must not be used. 5804 c609719bSwdenk 5805 52f52c14Swdenk* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several 5806 52f52c14Swdenk files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. 5807 52f52c14Swdenk 5808 52f52c14Swdenk* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be 5809 52f52c14Swdenk submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. 5810 52f52c14Swdenk 5811 52f52c14Swdenk 5812 c609719bSwdenkNotes: 5813 c609719bSwdenk 5814 c609719bSwdenk* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched 5815 c609719bSwdenk source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported 5816 c609719bSwdenk for any of the boards. 5817 c609719bSwdenk 5818 c609719bSwdenk* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch 5819 c609719bSwdenk containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be 5820 c609719bSwdenk returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. 5821 c609719bSwdenk 5822 c609719bSwdenk* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not 5823 c609719bSwdenk add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! 5824 c609719bSwdenk When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only 5825 c609719bSwdenk (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature 5826 c609719bSwdenk disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your 5827 c609719bSwdenk modification. 5828 90dc6704Swdenk 5829 0668236bSWolfgang Denk* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the 5830 0668236bSWolfgang Denk u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are 5831 0668236bSWolfgang Denk reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches 5832 0668236bSWolfgang Denk bigger than the size limit should be avoided. 5833